diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'bfd')
| -rw-r--r-- | bfd/.Sanitize | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | bfd/ChangeLog | 19 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | bfd/Makefile.in | 8 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | bfd/elf.c | 2228 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | bfd/elf32-gen.c | 37 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | bfd/elf32-hppa.c | 20 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | bfd/elf32-i386.c | 140 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | bfd/elf32-i860.c | 33 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | bfd/elf32-m68k.c | 140 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | bfd/elf32-m88k.c | 35 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | bfd/elf32-mips.c | 14 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | bfd/elf32-ppc.c | 646 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | bfd/elf32-sparc.c | 141 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | bfd/elfcode.h | 5816 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | bfd/elfcore.h | 466 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | bfd/elflink.c | 204 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | bfd/elflink.h | 3018 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | bfd/elfxx-target.h | 41 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | bfd/libelf.h | 142 |
19 files changed, 6820 insertions, 6331 deletions
diff --git a/bfd/.Sanitize b/bfd/.Sanitize index bccee16..61fe4c8 100644 --- a/bfd/.Sanitize +++ b/bfd/.Sanitize @@ -141,6 +141,9 @@ elf64-sparc.c elf64.c elfxx-target.h elfcode.h +elfcore.h +elflink.c +elflink.h filemode.c format.c gen-aout.c diff --git a/bfd/ChangeLog b/bfd/ChangeLog index 615cccd..6ad872d 100644 --- a/bfd/ChangeLog +++ b/bfd/ChangeLog @@ -1,3 +1,22 @@ +Wed Jul 5 20:17:14 1995 Ken Raeburn <raeburn@cygnus.com> + + * elfcore.h, elflink.h, elfcode.h, elf.c, elflink.c: Moved some + primarily size-independent code from elfcode.h to elf.c and new + file elflink.c; moved out other core- or linker-related routines + into other new .h files for clarity. Renamed many routines to + start with bfd_elf or _bfd_elf. Added a structure of + size-dependent but target-independent info to elfcode.h. + * Makefile.in: Build elflink.o. Update dependencies. + * libelf.h: Updated some declarations. Added a definition for the + new structure in elfcode.h. Added more fields to elf backend data + structure. + * elfxx-target.h: Refer to the appropriate size-dependent info. + * elf32-*.c: Changed some function names. Moved common + create_dynamic_sections code from m68k, sparc, and i386 support + into elflink.c. Define some new macros to fill in new fields of + back end data. Also clean up some "gcc -Wall" warnings regarding + unused or uninitialized variables. + Wed Jul 5 10:31:47 1995 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> * elf32-mips.c (mips_elf_object_p): Unconditionally set diff --git a/bfd/Makefile.in b/bfd/Makefile.in index 2d239b4..f29f115 100644 --- a/bfd/Makefile.in +++ b/bfd/Makefile.in @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ BFD_LIBS = \ archive.o archures.o bfd.o cache.o coffgen.o core.o \ format.o init.o libbfd.o opncls.o reloc.o \ section.o syms.o targets.o hash.o linker.o \ - elf.o srec.o binary.o tekhex.o + elf.o elflink.o srec.o binary.o tekhex.o # This list is alphabetized to make it easier to keep in sync # with the decls and initializer in archures.c. @@ -714,7 +714,9 @@ mipsbsd.o: mipsbsd.c libaout.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \ cpu-sh.o: cpu-sh.c elf.o: elf.c $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h libelf.h $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h \ $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h -elf32.o: elf32.c elfcode.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h libelf.h \ +elflink.o : elflink.c $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h libelf.h $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h \ + $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h +elf32.o: elf32.c elfcode.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h libelf.h elfcore.h elflink.h \ $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h elf32-sparc.o: elf32-sparc.c $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h libelf.h \ $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \ @@ -747,7 +749,7 @@ elf32-gen.o: elf32-gen.c libelf.h $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h \ elf32-ppc.o: elf32-ppc.c $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h libelf.h \ $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h \ $(INCDIR)/elf/ppc.h elf32-target.h -elf64.o: elf64.c elfcode.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h libelf.h \ +elf64.o: elf64.c elfcode.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h libelf.h elfcore.h elflink.h \ $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h elf64-gen.o: elf64-gen.c libelf.h $(INCDIR)/elf/common.h \ $(INCDIR)/elf/internal.h $(INCDIR)/elf/external.h $(INCDIR)/bfdlink.h \ @@ -38,6 +38,14 @@ SECTION #define ARCH_SIZE 0 #include "libelf.h" +static file_ptr map_program_segments PARAMS ((bfd *, file_ptr, + Elf_Internal_Shdr *, + Elf_Internal_Shdr **, + bfd_size_type)); +static boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean)); +static boolean prep_headers PARAMS ((bfd *)); +static boolean swap_out_syms PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **)); + /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will cause invalid hash tables to be generated. (Well, you would if this were being used yet.) */ @@ -109,7 +117,7 @@ elf_mkobject (abfd) } char * -elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) +bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) bfd * abfd; unsigned int shindex; { @@ -135,7 +143,7 @@ elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) } char * -elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, strindex) +bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, strindex) bfd * abfd; unsigned int shindex; unsigned int strindex; @@ -148,7 +156,7 @@ elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, strindex) hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex]; if (hdr->contents == NULL - && elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL) + && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL) return NULL; return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex; @@ -245,7 +253,7 @@ bfd_elf_find_section (abfd, name) i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); if (i_shdrp != NULL) { - shstrtab = elf_get_str_section (abfd, elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx); + shstrtab = bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx); if (shstrtab != NULL) { max = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum; @@ -450,3 +458,2215 @@ bfd_elf_get_needed_list (abfd, info) { return elf_hash_table (info)->needed; } + +/* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */ + +struct bfd_strtab_hash * +_bfd_elf_stringtab_init () +{ + struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret; + + ret = _bfd_stringtab_init (); + if (ret != NULL) + { + bfd_size_type loc; + + loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", true, false); + BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1); + if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1) + { + _bfd_stringtab_free (ret); + ret = NULL; + } + } + return ret; +} + +/* ELF .o/exec file reading */ + +/* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */ + +boolean +bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, shindex) + bfd *abfd; + unsigned int shindex; +{ + Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex]; + Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd); + struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + char *name; + + name = elf_string_from_elf_strtab (abfd, hdr->sh_name); + + switch (hdr->sh_type) + { + case SHT_NULL: + /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */ + return true; + + case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */ + case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */ + case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */ + case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */ + return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); + + case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */ + if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex) + return true; + + BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_entsize == bed->s->sizeof_sym); + BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0); + elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex; + elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr; + elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; + abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS; + + /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If + SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also + treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the + decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes + set in a relocateable object file, which would confuse the + linker. */ + if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0 + && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0 + && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name)) + return false; + + return true; + + case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */ + if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex) + return true; + + BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_entsize == bed->s->sizeof_sym); + BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0); + elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex; + elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr; + elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr; + abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS; + + /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular + section, so that objcopy can handle it. */ + return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); + + case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */ + if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL) + return true; + if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex) + { + elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr; + elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr; + return true; + } + { + unsigned int i; + + for (i = 1; i < ehdr->e_shnum; i++) + { + Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; + if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex) + { + if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i)) + return false; + if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i) + { + elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr; + elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = + &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; + return true; + } + if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i) + { + elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr; + elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = + &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr; + /* We also treat this as a regular section, so + that objcopy can handle it. */ + break; + } +#if 0 /* Not handling other string tables specially right now. */ + hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; /* in case it moved */ + /* We have a strtab for some random other section. */ + newsect = (asection *) hdr2->bfd_section; + if (!newsect) + break; + hdr->bfd_section = newsect; + hdr2 = &elf_section_data (newsect)->str_hdr; + *hdr2 = *hdr; + elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2; +#endif + } + } + } + + return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); + + case SHT_REL: + case SHT_RELA: + /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */ + { + asection *target_sect; + Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2; + int use_rela_p = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->use_rela_p; + + /* Get the symbol table. */ + if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link)) + return false; + + /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we + don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately + represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't + try. We just present it as a normal section. */ + if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd)) + return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); + + /* Don't allow REL relocations on a machine that uses RELA and + vice versa. */ + /* @@ Actually, the generic ABI does suggest that both might be + used in one file. But the four ABI Processor Supplements I + have access to right now all specify that only one is used on + each of those architectures. It's conceivable that, e.g., a + bunch of absolute 32-bit relocs might be more compact in REL + form even on a RELA machine... */ + BFD_ASSERT (use_rela_p + ? (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA + && hdr->sh_entsize == bed->s->sizeof_rela) + : (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL + && hdr->sh_entsize == bed->s->sizeof_rel)); + + if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info)) + return false; + target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info); + if (target_sect == NULL) + return false; + + hdr2 = &elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr; + *hdr2 = *hdr; + elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2; + target_sect->reloc_count = hdr->sh_size / hdr->sh_entsize; + target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC; + target_sect->relocation = NULL; + target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset; + abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC; + return true; + } + break; + + case SHT_NOTE: +#if 0 + fprintf (stderr, "Note Sections not yet supported.\n"); + BFD_FAIL (); +#endif + break; + + case SHT_SHLIB: +#if 0 + fprintf (stderr, "SHLIB Sections not supported (and non conforming.)\n"); +#endif + return true; + + default: + /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */ + { + if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr) + (*bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr) (abfd, hdr, name); + } + break; + } + + return true; +} + +/* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD + section. */ + +asection * +bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, index) + bfd *abfd; + unsigned int index; +{ + BFD_ASSERT (index > 0 && index < SHN_LORESERVE); + if (index >= elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum) + return NULL; + return elf_elfsections (abfd)[index]->bfd_section; +} + +boolean +_bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec) + bfd *abfd; + asection *sec; +{ + struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata; + + sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*sdata)); + if (!sdata) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); + return false; + } + sec->used_by_bfd = (PTR) sdata; + memset (sdata, 0, sizeof (*sdata)); + return true; +} + +/* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header. + + Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name + of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the + program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we + generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b. + + Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than + (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the + system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size, + but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the + file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting + of combined data+bss. + + To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections + for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by + the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified + by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split + into it's initialized and uninitialized parts. + + */ + +boolean +bfd_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index) + bfd *abfd; + Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr; + int index; +{ + asection *newsect; + char *name; + char namebuf[64]; + int split; + + split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0) && + (hdr->p_filesz > 0) && + (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)); + sprintf (namebuf, split ? "segment%da" : "segment%d", index); + name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (namebuf) + 1); + if (!name) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); + return false; + } + strcpy (name, namebuf); + newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); + if (newsect == NULL) + return false; + newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr; + newsect->_raw_size = hdr->p_filesz; + newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset; + newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; + if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD) + { + newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC; + newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD; + if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X) + { + /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION, + may be data. */ + newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE; + } + } + if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W)) + { + newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY; + } + + if (split) + { + sprintf (namebuf, "segment%db", index); + name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (namebuf) + 1); + if (!name) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); + return false; + } + strcpy (name, namebuf); + newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); + if (newsect == NULL) + return false; + newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz; + newsect->_raw_size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz; + if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD) + { + newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC; + if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X) + newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE; + } + if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W)) + newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY; + } + + return true; +} + +/* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */ + +/*ARGSUSED*/ +static void +elf_fake_sections (abfd, asect, failedptrarg) + bfd *abfd; + asection *asect; + PTR failedptrarg; +{ + struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + boolean *failedptr = (boolean *) failedptrarg; + Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; + + if (*failedptr) + { + /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections + loop. */ + return; + } + + this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr; + + this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), + asect->name, + true, false); + if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned long) -1) + { + *failedptr = true; + return; + } + + this_hdr->sh_flags = 0; + if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) + this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma; + else + this_hdr->sh_addr = 0; + this_hdr->sh_offset = 0; + this_hdr->sh_size = asect->_raw_size; + this_hdr->sh_link = 0; + this_hdr->sh_info = 0; + this_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << asect->alignment_power; + this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; + + this_hdr->bfd_section = asect; + this_hdr->contents = NULL; + + /* FIXME: This should not be based on section names. */ + if (strcmp (asect->name, ".dynstr") == 0) + this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; + else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".hash") == 0) + { + this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_HASH; + this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size / 8; + } + else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".dynsym") == 0) + { + this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_DYNSYM; + this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym; + } + else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".dynamic") == 0) + { + this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_DYNAMIC; + this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn; + } + else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".rela", 5) == 0 + && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->use_rela_p) + { + this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_RELA; + this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela; + } + else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".rel", 4) == 0 + && ! get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->use_rela_p) + { + this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_REL; + this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel; + } + else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".note") == 0) + this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOTE; + else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".stab", 5) == 0 + && strcmp (asect->name + strlen (asect->name) - 3, "str") == 0) + this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; + else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 + && (asect->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) + this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS; + else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 + && ((asect->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)) + { + BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (asect->name, ".bss") == 0 + || strcmp (asect->name, ".sbss") == 0 + || strcmp (asect->name, ".scommon") == 0 + || strcmp (asect->name, "COMMON") == 0); + this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS; + } + else + { + /* Who knows? */ + this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS; + } + + if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) + this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC; + if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) + this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE; + if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) + this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR; + + /* Check for processor-specific section types. */ + { + struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + + if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) + (*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect); + } + + /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the + SHT_REL[A] section. */ + if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0) + { + Elf_Internal_Shdr *rela_hdr; + int use_rela_p = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->use_rela_p; + char *name; + + rela_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->rel_hdr; + name = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name)); + if (name == NULL) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); + *failedptr = true; + return; + } + sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name); + rela_hdr->sh_name = + (unsigned int) _bfd_stringtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name, + true, false); + if (rela_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) + { + *failedptr = true; + return; + } + rela_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL; + rela_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p + ? bed->s->sizeof_rela + : bed->s->sizeof_rel); + rela_hdr->sh_addralign = bed->s->file_align; + rela_hdr->sh_flags = 0; + rela_hdr->sh_addr = 0; + rela_hdr->sh_size = 0; + rela_hdr->sh_offset = 0; + } +} + +/* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here + too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled + in here too, while we're at it. */ + +static boolean +assign_section_numbers (abfd) + bfd *abfd; +{ + struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd); + asection *sec; + unsigned int section_number; + Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; + struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + + section_number = 1; + + for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next) + { + struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec); + + d->this_idx = section_number++; + if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0) + d->rel_idx = 0; + else + d->rel_idx = section_number++; + } + + t->shstrtab_section = section_number++; + elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section; + t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); + + if (abfd->symcount > 0) + { + t->symtab_section = section_number++; + t->strtab_section = section_number++; + } + + elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number; + + /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the + indices. */ + i_shdrp = ((Elf_Internal_Shdr **) + bfd_alloc (abfd, section_number * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *))); + if (i_shdrp == NULL) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); + return false; + } + + i_shdrp[0] = ((Elf_Internal_Shdr *) + bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr))); + if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL) + { + bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp); + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); + return false; + } + memset (i_shdrp[0], 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr)); + + elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp; + + i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr; + if (abfd->symcount > 0) + { + i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr; + i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr; + t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section; + } + for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next) + { + struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec); + asection *s; + const char *name; + + i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr; + if (d->rel_idx != 0) + i_shdrp[d->rel_idx] = &d->rel_hdr; + + /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */ + + /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol + table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which + the relocation entries apply. */ + if (d->rel_idx != 0) + { + d->rel_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section; + d->rel_hdr.sh_info = d->this_idx; + } + + switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type) + { + case SHT_REL: + case SHT_RELA: + /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD + section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol + table. sh_info is the section index of the section to + which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an + allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table. + FIXME: How can we be sure? */ + s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); + if (s != NULL) + d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; + + /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */ + name = sec->name; + if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL) + name += 4; + else + name += 5; + s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name); + if (s != NULL) + d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; + break; + + case SHT_STRTAB: + /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs + string section. We look for a section with the same name + but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link + field to point to this section. */ + if (strncmp (sec->name, ".stab", sizeof ".stab" - 1) == 0 + && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0) + { + size_t len; + char *alc; + + len = strlen (sec->name); + alc = (char *) malloc (len - 2); + if (alc == NULL) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); + return false; + } + strncpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3); + alc[len - 3] = '\0'; + s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc); + free (alc); + if (s != NULL) + { + elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx; + + /* This is a .stab section. */ + elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = + 4 + 2 * (bed->s->arch_size / 8); + } + } + break; + + case SHT_DYNAMIC: + case SHT_DYNSYM: + /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table + used for the dynamic entries or symbol table. */ + s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr"); + if (s != NULL) + d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; + break; + + case SHT_HASH: + /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table + this hash table is for. */ + s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); + if (s != NULL) + d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; + break; + } + } + + return true; +} + +/* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving + all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */ + +static INLINE int +sym_is_global (abfd, sym) + bfd *abfd; + asymbol *sym; +{ + /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */ + if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_sym_is_global) + return ((*get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_sym_is_global) + (abfd, sym)); + + return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0 + || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym)) + || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym))); +} + +static boolean +elf_map_symbols (abfd) + bfd *abfd; +{ + int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd); + asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd); + asymbol **sect_syms; + int num_locals = 0; + int num_globals = 0; + int num_locals2 = 0; + int num_globals2 = 0; + int max_index = 0; + int num_sections = 0; + int idx; + asection *asect; + asymbol **new_syms; + +#ifdef DEBUG + fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n"); + fflush (stderr); +#endif + + /* Add a section symbol for each BFD section. FIXME: Is this really + necessary? */ + for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) + { + if (max_index < asect->index) + max_index = asect->index; + } + + max_index++; + sect_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_zalloc (abfd, max_index * sizeof (asymbol *)); + if (sect_syms == NULL) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); + return false; + } + elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms; + + for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) + { + if ((syms[idx]->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0 + && syms[idx]->value == 0) + { + asection *sec; + + sec = syms[idx]->section; + if (sec->owner != NULL) + { + if (sec->owner != abfd) + { + if (sec->output_offset != 0) + continue; + sec = sec->output_section; + BFD_ASSERT (sec->owner == abfd); + } + sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx]; + } + } + } + + for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) + { + asymbol *sym; + + if (sect_syms[asect->index] != NULL) + continue; + + sym = bfd_make_empty_symbol (abfd); + if (sym == NULL) + return false; + sym->the_bfd = abfd; + sym->name = asect->name; + sym->value = 0; + /* Set the flags to 0 to indicate that this one was newly added. */ + sym->flags = 0; + sym->section = asect; + sect_syms[asect->index] = sym; + num_sections++; +#ifdef DEBUG + fprintf (stderr, + "creating section symbol, name = %s, value = 0x%.8lx, index = %d, section = 0x%.8lx\n", + asect->name, (long) asect->vma, asect->index, (long) asect); +#endif + } + + /* Classify all of the symbols. */ + for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) + { + if (!sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx])) + num_locals++; + else + num_globals++; + } + for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) + { + if (sect_syms[asect->index] != NULL + && sect_syms[asect->index]->flags == 0) + { + sect_syms[asect->index]->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM; + if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sect_syms[asect->index])) + num_locals++; + else + num_globals++; + sect_syms[asect->index]->flags = 0; + } + } + + /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */ + new_syms = ((asymbol **) + bfd_alloc (abfd, + (num_locals + num_globals) * sizeof (asymbol *))); + if (new_syms == NULL) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); + return false; + } + + for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) + { + asymbol *sym = syms[idx]; + int i; + + if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym)) + i = num_locals2++; + else + i = num_locals + num_globals2++; + new_syms[i] = sym; + sym->udata.i = i + 1; + } + for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) + { + if (sect_syms[asect->index] != NULL + && sect_syms[asect->index]->flags == 0) + { + asymbol *sym = sect_syms[asect->index]; + int i; + + sym->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM; + if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym)) + i = num_locals2++; + else + i = num_locals + num_globals2++; + new_syms[i] = sym; + sym->udata.i = i + 1; + } + } + + bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals); + + elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals; + elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals; + return true; +} + +/* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and + otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO + is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */ + +boolean +_bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, link_info) + bfd *abfd; + struct bfd_link_info *link_info; +{ + struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + boolean failed; + struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab; + Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr; + + if (abfd->output_has_begun) + return true; + + /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */ + if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) + (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info); + + if (! prep_headers (abfd)) + return false; + + failed = false; + bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &failed); + if (failed) + return false; + + if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd)) + return false; + + /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */ + if (link_info == NULL) + { + if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab)) + return false; + } + + shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr; + /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */ + shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; + shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; + shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; + shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); + shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; + shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; + shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; + /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_for_symtabs_and_strtabs. */ + shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; + + if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, + link_info == NULL ? true : false)) + return false; + + if (link_info == NULL) + { + /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it + out. */ + if ((bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) + != 0) + || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab)) + return false; + _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab); + } + + abfd->output_has_begun = true; + + return true; +} + + +/* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any + ELF data structure. */ + +static INLINE file_ptr align_file_position PARAMS ((file_ptr, int)); +static INLINE file_ptr +align_file_position (off, align) + file_ptr off; + int align; +{ + return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1); +} + +/* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the + required section alignment. */ + +INLINE file_ptr +_bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (i_shdrp, offset, align) + Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp; + file_ptr offset; + boolean align; +{ + if (align) + { + unsigned int al; + + al = i_shdrp->sh_addralign; + if (al > 1) + offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, al); + } + i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset; + if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL) + i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset; + if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) + offset += i_shdrp->sh_size; + return offset; +} + +/* Get the size of the program header. + + SORTED_HDRS, if non-NULL, is an array of COUNT pointers to headers sorted + by VMA. Non-allocated sections (!SHF_ALLOC) must appear last. All + section VMAs and sizes are known so we can compute the correct value. + (??? This may not be perfectly true. What cases do we miss?) + + If SORTED_HDRS is NULL we assume there are two segments: text and data + (exclusive of .interp and .dynamic). + + If this is called by the linker before any of the section VMA's are set, it + can't calculate the correct value for a strange memory layout. This only + happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS is used in a linker script. In this case, + SORTED_HDRS is NULL and we assume the normal scenario of one text and one + data segment (exclusive of .interp and .dynamic). + + ??? User written scripts must either not use SIZEOF_HEADERS, or assume there + will be two segments. */ + +static bfd_size_type +get_program_header_size (abfd, sorted_hdrs, count, maxpagesize) + bfd *abfd; + Elf_Internal_Shdr **sorted_hdrs; + unsigned int count; + bfd_vma maxpagesize; +{ + size_t segs; + asection *s; + + /* We can't return a different result each time we're called. */ + if (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size != 0) + return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size; + + if (sorted_hdrs != NULL) + { + unsigned int i; + unsigned int last_type; + Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; + /* What we think the current segment's offset is. */ + bfd_vma p_offset; + /* What we think the current segment's address is. */ + bfd_vma p_vaddr; + /* How big we think the current segment is. */ + bfd_vma p_memsz; + /* What we think the current file offset is. */ + bfd_vma file_offset; + bfd_vma next_offset; + + /* Scan the headers and compute the number of segments required. This + code is intentionally similar to the code in map_program_segments. + + The `sh_offset' field isn't valid at this point, so we keep our own + running total in `file_offset'. + + This works because section VMAs are already known. */ + + segs = 1; + /* Make sure the first section goes in the first segment. */ + file_offset = p_offset = sorted_hdrs[0]->sh_addr % maxpagesize; + p_vaddr = sorted_hdrs[0]->sh_addr; + p_memsz = 0; + last_type = SHT_PROGBITS; + + for (i = 0, hdrpp = sorted_hdrs; i < count; i++, hdrpp++) + { + Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; + + hdr = *hdrpp; + + /* Ignore any section which will not be part of the process + image. */ + if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) == 0) + continue; + + /* Keep track of where this and the next sections go. + The section VMA must equal the file position modulo + the page size. */ + file_offset += (hdr->sh_addr - file_offset) % maxpagesize; + next_offset = file_offset; + if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) + next_offset = file_offset + hdr->sh_size; + + /* If this section fits in the segment we are constructing, add + it in. */ + if ((file_offset - (p_offset + p_memsz) + == hdr->sh_addr - (p_vaddr + p_memsz)) + && (last_type != SHT_NOBITS || hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS)) + { + bfd_size_type adjust; + + adjust = hdr->sh_addr - (p_vaddr + p_memsz); + p_memsz += hdr->sh_size + adjust; + file_offset = next_offset; + last_type = hdr->sh_type; + continue; + } + + /* The section won't fit, start a new segment. */ + ++segs; + + /* Initialize the segment. */ + p_vaddr = hdr->sh_addr; + p_memsz = hdr->sh_size; + p_offset = file_offset; + file_offset = next_offset; + + last_type = hdr->sh_type; + } + } + else + { + /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text + and one for data. */ + segs = 2; + } + + s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); + if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) + { + /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a + PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a + PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all + targets. */ + segs += 2; + } + + if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL) + { + /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ + ++segs; + } + + elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = segs * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_phdr; + return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size; +} + +/* Create the program header. OFF is the file offset where the + program header should be written. FIRST is the first loadable ELF + section. SORTED_HDRS is the ELF sections sorted by section + address. PHDR_SIZE is the size of the program header as returned + by get_program_header_size. */ + +static file_ptr +map_program_segments (abfd, off, first, sorted_hdrs, phdr_size) + bfd *abfd; + file_ptr off; + Elf_Internal_Shdr *first; + Elf_Internal_Shdr **sorted_hdrs; + bfd_size_type phdr_size; +{ + Elf_Internal_Phdr phdrs[10]; + unsigned int phdr_count; + Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr; + int phdr_size_adjust; + unsigned int i; + Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; + asection *sinterp, *sdyn; + unsigned int last_type; + Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; + struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + + BFD_ASSERT ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) != 0); + BFD_ASSERT (phdr_size / sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr) + <= sizeof phdrs / sizeof (phdrs[0])); + + phdr_count = 0; + phdr = phdrs; + + phdr_size_adjust = 0; + + /* If we have a loadable .interp section, we must create a PT_INTERP + segment which must precede all PT_LOAD segments. We assume that + we must also create a PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be + true for all targets. */ + sinterp = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); + if (sinterp != NULL && (sinterp->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) + { + BFD_ASSERT (first != NULL); + + phdr->p_type = PT_PHDR; + + phdr->p_offset = off; + + /* Account for any adjustment made because of the alignment of + the first loadable section. */ + phdr_size_adjust = (first->sh_offset - phdr_size) - off; + BFD_ASSERT (phdr_size_adjust >= 0 && phdr_size_adjust < 128); + + /* The program header precedes all loadable sections. This lets + us compute its loadable address. This depends on the linker + script. */ + phdr->p_vaddr = first->sh_addr - (phdr_size + phdr_size_adjust); + + phdr->p_paddr = 0; + phdr->p_filesz = phdr_size; + phdr->p_memsz = phdr_size; + + /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */ + phdr->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X; + + phdr->p_align = bed->s->file_align; + BFD_ASSERT ((phdr->p_vaddr - phdr->p_offset) % bed->s->file_align == 0); + + /* Include the ELF header in the first loadable segment. */ + phdr_size_adjust += off; + + ++phdr_count; + ++phdr; + + phdr->p_type = PT_INTERP; + phdr->p_offset = sinterp->filepos; + phdr->p_vaddr = sinterp->vma; + phdr->p_paddr = 0; + phdr->p_filesz = sinterp->_raw_size; + phdr->p_memsz = sinterp->_raw_size; + phdr->p_flags = PF_R; + phdr->p_align = 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sinterp); + + ++phdr_count; + ++phdr; + } + + /* Look through the sections to see how they will be divided into + program segments. The sections must be arranged in order by + sh_addr for this to work correctly. */ + phdr->p_type = PT_NULL; + last_type = SHT_PROGBITS; + for (i = 1, hdrpp = sorted_hdrs; + i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum; + i++, hdrpp++) + { + Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; + + hdr = *hdrpp; + + /* Ignore any section which will not be part of the process + image. */ + if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) == 0) + continue; + + /* If this section fits in the segment we are constructing, add + it in. */ + if (phdr->p_type != PT_NULL + && (hdr->sh_offset - (phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_memsz) + == hdr->sh_addr - (phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz)) + && (last_type != SHT_NOBITS || hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS)) + { + bfd_size_type adjust; + + adjust = hdr->sh_addr - (phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz); + phdr->p_memsz += hdr->sh_size + adjust; + if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) + phdr->p_filesz += hdr->sh_size + adjust; + if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0) + phdr->p_flags |= PF_W; + if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0) + phdr->p_flags |= PF_X; + last_type = hdr->sh_type; + continue; + } + + /* The section won't fit, start a new segment. If we're already in one, + move to the next one. */ + if (phdr->p_type != PT_NULL) + { + ++phdr; + ++phdr_count; + } + + /* Initialize the segment. */ + phdr->p_type = PT_LOAD; + phdr->p_offset = hdr->sh_offset; + phdr->p_vaddr = hdr->sh_addr; + phdr->p_paddr = 0; + if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS) + phdr->p_filesz = 0; + else + phdr->p_filesz = hdr->sh_size; + phdr->p_memsz = hdr->sh_size; + phdr->p_flags = PF_R; + if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0) + phdr->p_flags |= PF_W; + if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0) + phdr->p_flags |= PF_X; + phdr->p_align = bed->maxpagesize; + + if (hdr == first + && sinterp != NULL + && (sinterp->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) + { + phdr->p_offset -= phdr_size + phdr_size_adjust; + phdr->p_vaddr -= phdr_size + phdr_size_adjust; + phdr->p_filesz += phdr_size + phdr_size_adjust; + phdr->p_memsz += phdr_size + phdr_size_adjust; + } + + last_type = hdr->sh_type; + } + + if (phdr->p_type != PT_NULL) + { + ++phdr; + ++phdr_count; + } + + /* If we have a .dynamic section, create a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ + sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); + if (sdyn != NULL && (sdyn->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) + { + phdr->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC; + phdr->p_offset = sdyn->filepos; + phdr->p_vaddr = sdyn->vma; + phdr->p_paddr = 0; + phdr->p_filesz = sdyn->_raw_size; + phdr->p_memsz = sdyn->_raw_size; + phdr->p_flags = PF_R; + if ((sdyn->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) + phdr->p_flags |= PF_W; + if ((sdyn->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) + phdr->p_flags |= PF_X; + phdr->p_align = 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sdyn); + + ++phdr; + ++phdr_count; + } + + /* Make sure the return value from get_program_header_size matches + what we computed here. Actually, it's OK if we allocated too + much space in the program header. */ + if (phdr_count > phdr_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr) + { + ((*_bfd_error_handler) + ("%s: Not enough room for program headers (allocated %lu, need %u)", + bfd_get_filename (abfd), + (unsigned long) (phdr_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr), + phdr_count)); + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); + return (file_ptr) -1; + } + + /* Set up program header information. */ + i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); + i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr; + i_ehdrp->e_phoff = off; + i_ehdrp->e_phnum = phdr_count; + + /* Save the program headers away. I don't think anybody uses this + information right now. */ + elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = ((Elf_Internal_Phdr *) + bfd_alloc (abfd, + (phdr_count + * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr)))); + if (elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr == NULL && phdr_count != 0) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); + return (file_ptr) -1; + } + memcpy (elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr, phdrs, + phdr_count * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr)); + + /* Write out the program headers. */ + if (bfd_seek (abfd, off, SEEK_SET) != 0) + return (file_ptr) -1; + + if (bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, phdrs, phdr_count) != 0) + return (file_ptr) -1; + + return off + phdr_count * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; +} + +/* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by + _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and + VMAs must be known before this is called. + + We do not consider reloc sections at this point, unless they form + part of the loadable image. Reloc sections are assigned file + positions in assign_file_positions_for_relocs, which is called by + write_object_contents and final_link. + + If DOSYMS is false, we do not assign file positions for the symbol + table or the string table. */ + +static int elf_sort_hdrs PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR)); + +static boolean +assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, dosyms) + bfd *abfd; + boolean dosyms; +{ + struct elf_obj_tdata * const tdata = elf_tdata (abfd); + Elf_Internal_Ehdr * const i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); + Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd); + file_ptr off; + struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + + /* Start after the ELF header. */ + off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize; + + if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0) + { + Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; + unsigned int i; + + /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are + not creating a program header, and that the actual order of + the sections in the file is unimportant. */ + for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; i++, hdrpp++) + { + Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; + + hdr = *hdrpp; + if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA) + { + hdr->sh_offset = -1; + continue; + } + if (! dosyms + && (i == tdata->symtab_section + || i == tdata->strtab_section)) + { + hdr->sh_offset = -1; + continue; + } + + off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, true); + } + } + else + { + file_ptr phdr_off; + bfd_size_type phdr_size; + bfd_vma maxpagesize; + size_t hdrppsize; + Elf_Internal_Shdr **sorted_hdrs; + Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; + unsigned int i; + Elf_Internal_Shdr *first; + file_ptr phdr_map; + + /* We are creating an executable. */ + + maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->maxpagesize; + if (maxpagesize == 0) + maxpagesize = 1; + + /* We must sort the sections. The GNU linker will always create + the sections in an appropriate order, but the Irix 5 linker + will not. We don't include the dummy first section in the + sort. We sort sections which are not SHF_ALLOC to the end. */ + hdrppsize = (i_ehdrp->e_shnum - 1) * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *); + sorted_hdrs = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **) malloc (hdrppsize); + if (sorted_hdrs == NULL) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); + return false; + } + + memcpy (sorted_hdrs, i_shdrpp + 1, hdrppsize); + qsort (sorted_hdrs, i_ehdrp->e_shnum - 1, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *), + elf_sort_hdrs); + + /* We can't actually create the program header until we have set the + file positions for the sections, and we can't do that until we know + how big the header is going to be. */ + off = align_file_position (off, bed->s->file_align); + phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, + sorted_hdrs, i_ehdrp->e_shnum - 1, + maxpagesize); + if (phdr_size == (file_ptr) -1) + return false; + + /* Compute the file offsets of each section. */ + phdr_off = off; + off += phdr_size; + first = NULL; + for (i = 1, hdrpp = sorted_hdrs; i < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; i++, hdrpp++) + { + Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; + + hdr = *hdrpp; + if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) == 0) + { + if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA) + { + hdr->sh_offset = -1; + continue; + } + if (! dosyms + && (hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section] + || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section])) + { + hdr->sh_offset = -1; + continue; + } + } + else + { + if (first == NULL) + first = hdr; + + /* The section VMA must equal the file position modulo + the page size. This is required by the program + header. */ + off += (hdr->sh_addr - off) % maxpagesize; + } + + off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, false); + } + + /* Create the program header. */ + phdr_map = map_program_segments (abfd, phdr_off, first, sorted_hdrs, + phdr_size); + if (phdr_map == (file_ptr) -1) + return false; + BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_size_type) phdr_map <= (bfd_size_type) phdr_off + phdr_size); + + free (sorted_hdrs); + } + + /* Place the section headers. */ + off = align_file_position (off, bed->s->file_align); + i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off; + off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize; + + elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; + + return true; +} + +/* Sort the ELF headers by VMA. We sort headers which are not + SHF_ALLOC to the end. */ +static int +elf_sort_hdrs (arg1, arg2) + const PTR arg1; + const PTR arg2; +{ + int ret; + const Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr1 = *(const Elf_Internal_Shdr **) arg1; + const Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = *(const Elf_Internal_Shdr **) arg2; + +#define TOEND(x) (((x)->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC)==0) + + if (TOEND (hdr1)) + if (TOEND (hdr2)) + return 0; + else + return 1; + + if (TOEND (hdr2)) + return -1; + + if (hdr1->sh_addr < hdr2->sh_addr) + return -1; + else if (hdr1->sh_addr > hdr2->sh_addr) + return 1; + + /* Put !SHT_NOBITS sections before SHT_NOBITS ones. + The main loop in map_program_segments requires this. */ + + ret = (hdr1->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS) - (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS); + + if (ret != 0) + return ret; + if (hdr1->sh_size < hdr2->sh_size) + return -1; + if (hdr1->sh_size > hdr2->sh_size) + return 1; + return 0; +} + +static boolean +prep_headers (abfd) + bfd *abfd; +{ + Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */ + Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp = 0; /* Program header table, internal form */ + Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; /* Section header table, internal form */ + int count; + struct bfd_strtab_hash *shstrtab; + struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + + i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); + i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); + + shstrtab = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (); + if (shstrtab == NULL) + return false; + + elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab; + + i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0; + i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1; + i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2; + i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3; + + i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass; + i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] = + abfd->xvec->byteorder_big_p ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB; + i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current; + + for (count = EI_PAD; count < EI_NIDENT; count++) + i_ehdrp->e_ident[count] = 0; + + if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0) + i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN; + else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0) + i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC; + else + i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL; + + switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd)) + { + case bfd_arch_unknown: + i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE; + break; + case bfd_arch_sparc: + if (bed->s->arch_size == 64) + i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_SPARC64; + else + i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_SPARC; + break; + case bfd_arch_i386: + i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_386; + break; + case bfd_arch_m68k: + i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_68K; + break; + case bfd_arch_m88k: + i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_88K; + break; + case bfd_arch_i860: + i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_860; + break; + case bfd_arch_mips: /* MIPS Rxxxx */ + i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_MIPS; /* only MIPS R3000 */ + break; + case bfd_arch_hppa: + i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_PARISC; + break; + case bfd_arch_powerpc: + i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_PPC; + break; +/* start-sanitize-arc */ + case bfd_arch_arc: + i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_CYGNUS_ARC; + break; +/* end-sanitize-arc */ + /* also note that EM_M32, AT&T WE32100 is unknown to bfd */ + default: + i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE; + } + i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current; + i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; + + /* no program header, for now. */ + i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0; + i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0; + i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0; + + /* each bfd section is section header entry */ + i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd); + i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr; + + /* if we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table */ + if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P) + { + /* it all happens later */ +#if 0 + i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr); + + /* elf_build_phdrs() returns a (NULL-terminated) array of + Elf_Internal_Phdrs */ + i_phdrp = elf_build_phdrs (abfd, i_ehdrp, i_shdrp, &i_ehdrp->e_phnum); + i_ehdrp->e_phoff = outbase; + outbase += i_ehdrp->e_phentsize * i_ehdrp->e_phnum; +#endif + } + else + { + i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0; + i_phdrp = 0; + i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0; + } + + elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name = + (unsigned int) _bfd_stringtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", true, false); + elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name = + (unsigned int) _bfd_stringtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", true, false); + elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name = + (unsigned int) _bfd_stringtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", true, false); + if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1 + || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1 + || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) + return false; + + return true; +} + +/* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part + of the loadable file image. */ + +void +_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd) + bfd *abfd; +{ + file_ptr off; + unsigned int i; + Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp; + + off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos; + + for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; + i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum; + i++, shdrpp++) + { + Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp; + + shdrp = *shdrpp; + if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA) + && shdrp->sh_offset == -1) + off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, true); + } + + elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; +} + +boolean +_bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd) + bfd *abfd; +{ + struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; + Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; + boolean failed; + unsigned int count; + + if (! abfd->output_has_begun + && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, + (struct bfd_link_info *) NULL)) + return false; + + i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); + i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); + + failed = false; + bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed); + if (failed) + return false; + _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd); + + /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */ + for (count = 1; count < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; count++) + { + if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing) + (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]); + if (i_shdrp[count]->contents) + { + if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 + || (bfd_write (i_shdrp[count]->contents, i_shdrp[count]->sh_size, + 1, abfd) + != i_shdrp[count]->sh_size)) + return false; + } + } + + /* Write out the section header names. */ + if (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 + || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd))) + return false; + + if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) + (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd, + elf_tdata (abfd)->linker); + + return bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd); +} + +/* given a section, search the header to find them... */ +int +_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, asect) + bfd *abfd; + struct sec *asect; +{ + struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); + int index; + Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; + int maxindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum; + + for (index = 0; index < maxindex; index++) + { + hdr = i_shdrp[index]; + if (hdr->bfd_section == asect) + return index; + } + + if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) + { + for (index = 0; index < maxindex; index++) + { + int retval; + + hdr = i_shdrp[index]; + retval = index; + if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) + (abfd, hdr, asect, &retval)) + return retval; + } + } + + if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect)) + return SHN_ABS; + if (bfd_is_com_section (asect)) + return SHN_COMMON; + if (bfd_is_und_section (asect)) + return SHN_UNDEF; + + return -1; +} + +/* given a symbol, return the bfd index for that symbol. */ + int +_bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd, asym_ptr_ptr) + bfd *abfd; + struct symbol_cache_entry **asym_ptr_ptr; +{ + struct symbol_cache_entry *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr; + int idx; + flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags; + + /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its + own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the + symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating + relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the + input sections rather than the output section. */ + if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0 + && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) + && asym_ptr->section) + { + int indx; + + if (asym_ptr->section->output_section != NULL) + indx = asym_ptr->section->output_section->index; + else + indx = asym_ptr->section->index; + if (elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]) + asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i; + } + + idx = asym_ptr->udata.i; + BFD_ASSERT (idx != 0); + +#if DEBUG & 4 + { + fprintf (stderr, + "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n", + (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags, elf_symbol_flags (flags)); + fflush (stderr); + } +#endif + + return idx; +} + +static boolean +swap_out_syms (abfd, sttp) + bfd *abfd; + struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp; +{ + struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + + if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd)) + return false; + + /* Dump out the symtabs. */ + { + int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd); + asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd); + struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt; + Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; + Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr; + char *outbound_syms; + int idx; + + stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (); + if (stt == NULL) + return false; + + symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; + symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB; + symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym; + symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1); + symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1; + symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = bed->s->file_align; + + symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; + symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; + + outbound_syms = bfd_alloc (abfd, + (1 + symcount) * bed->s->sizeof_sym); + if (outbound_syms == NULL) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); + return false; + } + symtab_hdr->contents = (PTR) outbound_syms; + + /* now generate the data (for "contents") */ + { + /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */ + Elf_Internal_Sym sym; + sym.st_name = 0; + sym.st_value = 0; + sym.st_size = 0; + sym.st_info = 0; + sym.st_other = 0; + sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; + bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms); + outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym; + } + for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) + { + Elf_Internal_Sym sym; + bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value; + elf_symbol_type *type_ptr; + flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags; + + if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) + /* Section symbols have no names. */ + sym.st_name = 0; + else + { + sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt, + syms[idx]->name, + true, false); + if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1) + return false; + } + + type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]); + + if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section)) + { + /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field, + and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from + how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */ + sym.st_size = value; + if (type_ptr == NULL + || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0) + sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value)); + else + sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value; + sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, + syms[idx]->section); + } + else + { + asection *sec = syms[idx]->section; + int shndx; + + if (sec->output_section) + { + value += sec->output_offset; + sec = sec->output_section; + } + value += sec->vma; + sym.st_value = value; + sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0; + sym.st_shndx = shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec); + if (shndx == -1) + { + asection *sec2; + /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if we had + some decent documentation on bfd, and knew what to expect + of the library, and what to demand of applications. For + example, it appears that `objcopy' might not set the + section of a symbol to be a section that is actually in + the output file. */ + sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name); + BFD_ASSERT (sec2 != 0); + sym.st_shndx = shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2); + BFD_ASSERT (shndx != -1); + } + } + + if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section)) + sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_OBJECT); + else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section)) + sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK) + ? STB_WEAK + : STB_GLOBAL), + ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) + ? STT_FUNC + : STT_NOTYPE)); + else if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) + sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION); + else if (flags & BSF_FILE) + sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE); + else + { + int bind = STB_LOCAL; + int type = STT_OBJECT; + + if (flags & BSF_LOCAL) + bind = STB_LOCAL; + else if (flags & BSF_WEAK) + bind = STB_WEAK; + else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL) + bind = STB_GLOBAL; + + if (flags & BSF_FUNCTION) + type = STT_FUNC; + + sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type); + } + + sym.st_other = 0; + bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms); + outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym; + } + + *sttp = stt; + symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt); + symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; + + symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; + symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; + symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; + symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; + symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; + symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; + } + + return true; +} + +/* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector. + + Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate + the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table + always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */ + +long +_bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd) + bfd *abfd; +{ + long symcount; + long symtab_size; + Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; + + symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym; + symtab_size = (symcount - 1 + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *)); + + return symtab_size; +} + +long +_bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (abfd) + bfd *abfd; +{ + long symcount; + long symtab_size; + Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr; + + if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); + return -1; + } + + symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym; + symtab_size = (symcount - 1 + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *)); + + return symtab_size; +} + +long +_bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (abfd, asect) + bfd *abfd; + sec_ptr asect; +{ + return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *); +} + +/* Canonicalize the relocs. */ + +long +_bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (abfd, section, relptr, symbols) + bfd *abfd; + sec_ptr section; + arelent **relptr; + asymbol **symbols; +{ + arelent *tblptr; + unsigned int i; + + if (! get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols)) + return -1; + + tblptr = section->relocation; + for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++) + *relptr++ = tblptr++; + + *relptr = NULL; + + return section->reloc_count; +} + +long +_bfd_elf_get_symtab (abfd, alocation) + bfd *abfd; + asymbol **alocation; +{ + long symcount = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, alocation, false); + + if (symcount >= 0) + bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount; + return symcount; +} + +long +_bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (abfd, alocation) + bfd *abfd; + asymbol **alocation; +{ + return get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, alocation, true); +} + +asymbol * +_bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (abfd) + bfd *abfd; +{ + elf_symbol_type *newsym; + + newsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (elf_symbol_type)); + if (!newsym) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); + return NULL; + } + else + { + newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd; + return &newsym->symbol; + } +} + +void +_bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (ignore_abfd, symbol, ret) + bfd *ignore_abfd; + asymbol *symbol; + symbol_info *ret; +{ + bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret); +} + +alent * +_bfd_elf_get_lineno (ignore_abfd, symbol) + bfd *ignore_abfd; + asymbol *symbol; +{ + fprintf (stderr, "elf_get_lineno unimplemented\n"); + fflush (stderr); + BFD_FAIL (); + return NULL; +} + +boolean +_bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine) + bfd *abfd; + enum bfd_architecture arch; + unsigned long machine; +{ + /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this + isn't the generic backend, fail. */ + if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch + && arch != bfd_arch_unknown + && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown) + return false; + + return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine); +} + +boolean +_bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, + section, + symbols, + offset, + filename_ptr, + functionname_ptr, + line_ptr) + bfd *abfd; + asection *section; + asymbol **symbols; + bfd_vma offset; + CONST char **filename_ptr; + CONST char **functionname_ptr; + unsigned int *line_ptr; +{ + return false; +} + +int +_bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (abfd, reloc) + bfd *abfd; + boolean reloc; +{ + int ret; + + ret = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_ehdr; + if (! reloc) + ret += get_program_header_size (abfd, (Elf_Internal_Shdr **) NULL, 0, + (bfd_vma) 0); + return ret; +} + +boolean +_bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset, count) + bfd *abfd; + sec_ptr section; + PTR location; + file_ptr offset; + bfd_size_type count; +{ + Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; + + if (! abfd->output_has_begun + && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, + (struct bfd_link_info *) NULL)) + return false; + + hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr; + + if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset + offset, SEEK_SET) == -1) + return false; + if (bfd_write (location, 1, count, abfd) != count) + return false; + + return true; +} + +void +_bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (abfd, cache_ptr, dst) + bfd *abfd; + arelent *cache_ptr; + Elf_Internal_Rela *dst; +{ + fprintf (stderr, "elf RELA relocation support for target machine unimplemented\n"); + fflush (stderr); + BFD_FAIL (); +} + +#if 0 +void +_bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto_rel (abfd, cache_ptr, dst) + bfd *abfd; + arelent *cache_ptr; + Elf_Internal_Rel *dst; +{ + fprintf (stderr, "elf REL relocation support for target machine unimplemented\n"); + fflush (stderr); + BFD_FAIL (); +} +#endif diff --git a/bfd/elf32-gen.c b/bfd/elf32-gen.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1de4e87 --- /dev/null +++ b/bfd/elf32-gen.c @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +/* Generic support for 32-bit ELF + Copyright 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. + +This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +(at your option) any later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ + +#include "bfd.h" +#include "sysdep.h" +#include "libbfd.h" +#include "libelf.h" + +/* This does not include any relocations, but should be good enough + for GDB to read the file. */ + +#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_little_generic_vec +#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-little" +#define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_big_generic_vec +#define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-big" +#define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_unknown +#define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_NONE +#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup bfd_default_reloc_type_lookup +#define elf_info_to_howto _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto + +#include "elf32-target.h" diff --git a/bfd/elf32-hppa.c b/bfd/elf32-hppa.c index e2aa73e..0e92f4e 100644 --- a/bfd/elf32-hppa.c +++ b/bfd/elf32-hppa.c @@ -865,9 +865,9 @@ elf32_hppa_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section, sym_name = h->root.root.string; else { - sym_name = elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd, - symtab_hdr->sh_link, - sym->st_name); + sym_name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd, + symtab_hdr->sh_link, + sym->st_name); if (sym_name == NULL) return false; if (*sym_name == '\0') @@ -1167,8 +1167,8 @@ elf32_hppa_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset, count) if (!strcmp (section->name, ".PARISC.symextn") && !symext_chain_size) return true; else - return bfd_elf32_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, - offset, count); + return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, + offset, count); } /* Translate from an elf into field into a howto relocation pointer. */ @@ -2007,7 +2007,7 @@ elf32_hppa_read_symext_info (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, args_hash_table, local_syms) hdr = elf_elfsections (input_bfd)[local_syms[current_index].st_shndx]; sym_sec = hdr->bfd_section; - sym_name = elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd, + sym_name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, local_syms[current_index].st_name); len = strlen (sym_name) + 10; @@ -2529,7 +2529,7 @@ elf32_hppa_size_stubs (stub_bfd, output_bfd, link_info) struct bfd_link_info *link_info; { bfd *input_bfd; - asection *section, *stub_sec; + asection *section, *stub_sec = 0; Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms, *isym, **all_local_syms; Elf32_External_Sym *ext_syms, *esym; @@ -2803,9 +2803,9 @@ elf32_hppa_size_stubs (stub_bfd, output_bfd, link_info) sym = local_syms + r_index; hdr = elf_elfsections (input_bfd)[sym->st_shndx]; sym_sec = hdr->bfd_section; - sym_name = elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd, - symtab_hdr->sh_link, - sym->st_name); + sym_name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd, + symtab_hdr->sh_link, + sym->st_name); sym_value = (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION ? 0 : sym->st_value); destination = (sym_value diff --git a/bfd/elf32-i386.c b/bfd/elf32-i386.c index 1f8d4e9..dbe2268 100644 --- a/bfd/elf32-i386.c +++ b/bfd/elf32-i386.c @@ -29,10 +29,6 @@ static void elf_i386_info_to_howto PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent *, Elf32_Internal_Rela *)); static void elf_i386_info_to_howto_rel PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent *, Elf32_Internal_Rel *)); -static boolean elf_i386_create_dynamic_sections - PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *)); -static boolean elf_i386_create_got_section - PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *)); static boolean elf_i386_check_relocs PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *)); @@ -243,125 +239,6 @@ static const bfd_byte elf_i386_pic_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = 0, 0, 0, 0 /* replaced with offset to start of .plt. */ }; -/* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */ - -static boolean -elf_i386_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info) - bfd *abfd; - struct bfd_link_info *info; -{ - flagword flags; - register asection *s; - - /* We need to create .plt, .rel.plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and - .rel.bss sections. */ - - flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY; - - s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".plt"); - if (s == NULL - || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_READONLY | SEC_CODE) - || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 2)) - return false; - - s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".rel.plt"); - if (s == NULL - || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_READONLY) - || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 2)) - return false; - - if (! elf_i386_create_got_section (abfd, info)) - return false; - - /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined - by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are - not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process - image and use a R_386_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to - initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss - section into the .bss section of the final image. */ - s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".dynbss"); - if (s == NULL - || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, SEC_ALLOC)) - return false; - - /* The .rel.bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not - normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the - linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it - only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it - until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the - main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files - (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been - mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to - be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this - section when generating a shared object, since they do not use - copy relocs. */ - if (! info->shared) - { - s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".rel.bss"); - if (s == NULL - || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_READONLY) - || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 2)) - return false; - } - - return true; -} - -/* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table, and the - .got.plt section to hold procedure linkage table GOT entries. The - linker script will put .got.plt into the output .got section. */ - -static boolean -elf_i386_create_got_section (abfd, info) - bfd *abfd; - struct bfd_link_info *info; -{ - flagword flags; - register asection *s; - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; - - /* This function may be called more than once. */ - if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got") != NULL) - return true; - - flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY; - - s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".got"); - if (s == NULL - || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags) - || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 2)) - return false; - - s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".got.plt"); - if (s == NULL - || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags) - || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 2)) - return false; - - /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the - .got.plt section, which will be placed at the start of the output - .got section. We don't do this in the linker script because we - don't want to define the symbol if we are not creating a global - offset table. */ - h = NULL; - if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol - (info, abfd, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s, (bfd_vma) 0, - (const char *) NULL, false, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, - (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) &h))) - return false; - h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR; - h->type = STT_OBJECT; - - if (info->shared - && ! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) - return false; - - /* The first three global offset table entries are reserved. */ - s->_raw_size += 3 * 4; - - return true; -} - /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage table. */ @@ -417,7 +294,7 @@ elf_i386_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs) case R_386_GOTOFF: case R_386_GOTPC: elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd; - if (! elf_i386_create_got_section (dynobj, info)) + if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info)) return false; break; @@ -549,7 +426,7 @@ elf_i386_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs) { const char *name; - name = (elf_string_from_elf_section + name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx, elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_name)); @@ -1224,7 +1101,7 @@ elf_i386_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section, if (sreloc == NULL) { - shared_name = (elf_string_from_elf_section + shared_name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd, elf_elfheader (input_bfd)->e_shstrndx, elf_section_data (input_section)->rel_hdr.sh_name)); @@ -1308,9 +1185,9 @@ elf_i386_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section, name = h->root.root.string; else { - name = elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd, - symtab_hdr->sh_link, - sym->st_name); + name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd, + symtab_hdr->sh_link, + sym->st_name); if (name == NULL) return false; if (*name == '\0') @@ -1616,7 +1493,7 @@ elf_i386_finish_dynamic_sections (output_bfd, info) #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup elf_i386_reloc_type_lookup #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \ - elf_i386_create_dynamic_sections + _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections #define elf_backend_check_relocs elf_i386_check_relocs #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \ elf_i386_adjust_dynamic_symbol @@ -1627,5 +1504,8 @@ elf_i386_finish_dynamic_sections (output_bfd, info) elf_i386_finish_dynamic_symbol #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \ elf_i386_finish_dynamic_sections +#define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1 +#define elf_backend_plt_readonly 0 +#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0 #include "elf32-target.h" diff --git a/bfd/elf32-i860.c b/bfd/elf32-i860.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..823a34a --- /dev/null +++ b/bfd/elf32-i860.c @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +/* Intel 860 specific support for 32-bit ELF + Copyright 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. + +This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +(at your option) any later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ + +#include "bfd.h" +#include "sysdep.h" +#include "libbfd.h" +#include "libelf.h" + +#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup bfd_default_reloc_type_lookup +#define elf_info_to_howto _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto + +#define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_i860_vec +#define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-i860" +#define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_i860 +#define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_860 + +#include "elf32-target.h" diff --git a/bfd/elf32-m68k.c b/bfd/elf32-m68k.c index ed15b01..dae2dd2 100644 --- a/bfd/elf32-m68k.c +++ b/bfd/elf32-m68k.c @@ -29,10 +29,6 @@ static void rtype_to_howto PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent *, Elf32_Internal_Rela *)); static void rtype_to_howto_rel PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent *, Elf32_Internal_Rel *)); -static boolean elf_m68k_create_dynamic_sections - PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *)); -static boolean elf_m68k_create_got_section - PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *)); static boolean elf_m68k_check_relocs PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *)); @@ -211,125 +207,6 @@ static const bfd_byte elf_m68k_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = 0, 0, 0, 0 /* replaced with offset to start of .plt. */ }; -/* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */ - -static boolean -elf_m68k_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info) - bfd *abfd; - struct bfd_link_info *info; -{ - flagword flags; - register asection *s; - - /* We need to create .plt, .rela.plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and - .rela.bss sections. */ - - flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY; - - s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".plt"); - if (s == NULL - || !bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_READONLY | SEC_CODE) - || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 2)) - return false; - - s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".rela.plt"); - if (s == NULL - || !bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_READONLY) - || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 2)) - return false; - - if (!elf_m68k_create_got_section (abfd, info)) - return false; - - /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined - by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are - not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process - image and use a R_68K_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to - initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss - section into the .bss section of the final image. */ - s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".dynbss"); - if (s == NULL - || !bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, SEC_ALLOC)) - return false; - - /* The .rela.bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not - normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the - linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it - only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it - until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the - main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files - (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been - mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to - be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this - section when generating a shared object, since they do not use - copy relocs. */ - if (!info->shared) - { - s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".rela.bss"); - if (s == NULL - || !bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_READONLY) - || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 2)) - return false; - } - - return true; -} - -/* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table, and the - .got.plt section to hold procedure linkage table GOT entries. The - linker script will put .got.plt into the output .got section. */ - -static boolean -elf_m68k_create_got_section (abfd, info) - bfd *abfd; - struct bfd_link_info *info; -{ - flagword flags; - register asection *s; - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; - - /* This function may be called more than once. */ - if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got") != NULL) - return true; - - flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY; - - s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".got"); - if (s == NULL - || !bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags) - || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 2)) - return false; - - s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".got.plt"); - if (s == NULL - || !bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags) - || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 2)) - return false; - - /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the - .got.plt section, which will be placed at the start of the output - .got section. We don't do this in the linker script because we - don't want to define the symbol if we are not creating a global - offset table. */ - h = NULL; - if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol - (info, abfd, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s, (bfd_vma) 0, - (const char *) NULL, false, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, - (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) &h))) - return false; - h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR; - h->type = STT_OBJECT; - - if (info->shared - && !bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) - return false; - - /* The first three global offset table entries are reserved. */ - s->_raw_size += 3 * 4; - - return true; -} - /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage table. */ @@ -394,7 +271,7 @@ elf_m68k_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs) { /* Create the .got section. */ elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd; - if (!elf_m68k_create_got_section (dynobj, info)) + if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info)) return false; } @@ -523,7 +400,7 @@ elf_m68k_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs) { const char *name; - name = (elf_string_from_elf_section + name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx, elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_name)); @@ -1275,7 +1152,7 @@ elf_m68k_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section, { const char *name; - name = (elf_string_from_elf_section + name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd, elf_elfheader (input_bfd)->e_shstrndx, elf_section_data (input_section)->rel_hdr.sh_name)); @@ -1374,9 +1251,9 @@ elf_m68k_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section, name = h->root.root.string; else { - name = elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd, - symtab_hdr->sh_link, - sym->st_name); + name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd, + symtab_hdr->sh_link, + sym->st_name); if (name == NULL) return false; if (*name == '\0') @@ -1674,7 +1551,7 @@ elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_sections (output_bfd, info) #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_68K #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x2000 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \ - elf_m68k_create_dynamic_sections + _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections #define elf_backend_check_relocs elf_m68k_check_relocs #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \ elf_m68k_adjust_dynamic_symbol @@ -1685,5 +1562,8 @@ elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_sections (output_bfd, info) elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \ elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_sections +#define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1 +#define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1 +#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0 #include "elf32-target.h" diff --git a/bfd/elf32-m88k.c b/bfd/elf32-m88k.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c035648 --- /dev/null +++ b/bfd/elf32-m88k.c @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +/* Motorola 88k-specific support for 32-bit ELF + Copyright 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. + +This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +(at your option) any later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ + +#include "bfd.h" +#include "sysdep.h" +#include "libbfd.h" +#include "libelf.h" + +/* This does not include any relocations, but should be good enough + for GDB. */ + +#define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_m88k_vec +#define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-m88k" +#define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_m88k +#define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_88K +#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup bfd_default_reloc_type_lookup +#define elf_info_to_howto _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto + +#include "elf32-target.h" diff --git a/bfd/elf32-mips.c b/bfd/elf32-mips.c index 66f69dd..61c0138 100644 --- a/bfd/elf32-mips.c +++ b/bfd/elf32-mips.c @@ -1587,9 +1587,9 @@ mips_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, filename_ptr, /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */ - return bfd_elf32_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, - filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, - line_ptr); + return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, + filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, + line_ptr); } /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in @@ -2713,9 +2713,9 @@ mips_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section, name = h->root.root.string; else { - name = elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd, - symtab_hdr->sh_link, - sym->st_name); + name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd, + symtab_hdr->sh_link, + sym->st_name); if (name == NULL) return false; if (*name == '\0') @@ -2788,7 +2788,7 @@ elf32_mips_get_relocated_section_contents (abfd, link_info, link_order, data, arelent **parent; /* for mips */ int gp_found; - bfd_vma gp; + bfd_vma gp = 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */ { struct bfd_hash_entry *h; diff --git a/bfd/elf32-ppc.c b/bfd/elf32-ppc.c index d00a7b2..c55c396 100644 --- a/bfd/elf32-ppc.c +++ b/bfd/elf32-ppc.c @@ -25,19 +25,39 @@ Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ #include "bfd.h" #include "sysdep.h" +#include "bfdlink.h" #include "libbfd.h" #include "libelf.h" +#include "elf/ppc.h" static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unsupported_reloc PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, PTR, asection *, bfd *, char **)); +static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_std_reloc + PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, PTR, asection *, bfd *, char **)); + +static bfd_vma ppc_elf_addr16_ha_inner PARAMS ((asection *, bfd_vma, bfd_vma)); static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, PTR, asection *, bfd *, char **)); +static bfd_vma ppc_elf_got16_inner PARAMS ((asection *sec)); static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_got16_reloc PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, PTR, asection *, bfd *, char **)); -static reloc_howto_type *bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup +static reloc_howto_type *ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)); -static void powerpc_info_to_howto +static void ppc_elf_info_to_howto PARAMS ((bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf32_Internal_Rela *dst)); +static void ppc_elf_howto_init PARAMS ((void)); +static boolean ppc_elf_set_private_flags PARAMS ((bfd *, flagword)); +static boolean ppc_elf_copy_private_bfd_data PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *)); +static boolean ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *)); + +static boolean ppc_elf_relocate_section PARAMS ((bfd *, + struct bfd_link_info *info, + bfd *, + asection *, + bfd_byte *, + Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs, + Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms, + asection **)); #define USE_RELA @@ -104,7 +124,10 @@ enum reloc_type R_PPC_max }; -static reloc_howto_type elf_powerpc_howto_table[] = + +static reloc_howto_type *ppc_elf_howto_table[ (int)R_PPC_max ]; + +static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw[] = { /* This reloc does nothing. */ HOWTO (R_PPC_NONE, /* type */ @@ -114,7 +137,7 @@ static reloc_howto_type elf_powerpc_howto_table[] = false, /* pc_relative */ 0, /* bitpos */ complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */ - bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */ + ppc_elf_std_reloc, /* special_function */ "R_PPC_NONE", /* name */ false, /* partial_inplace */ 0, /* src_mask */ @@ -129,7 +152,7 @@ static reloc_howto_type elf_powerpc_howto_table[] = false, /* pc_relative */ 0, /* bitpos */ complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */ - bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */ + ppc_elf_std_reloc, /* special_function */ "R_PPC_ADDR32", /* name */ false, /* partial_inplace */ 0, /* src_mask */ @@ -145,7 +168,7 @@ static reloc_howto_type elf_powerpc_howto_table[] = false, /* pc_relative */ 0, /* bitpos */ complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */ - bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */ + ppc_elf_std_reloc, /* special_function */ "R_PPC_ADDR24", /* name */ false, /* partial_inplace */ 0, /* src_mask */ @@ -160,7 +183,7 @@ static reloc_howto_type elf_powerpc_howto_table[] = false, /* pc_relative */ 0, /* bitpos */ complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */ - bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */ + ppc_elf_std_reloc, /* special_function */ "R_PPC_ADDR16", /* name */ false, /* partial_inplace */ 0, /* src_mask */ @@ -175,7 +198,7 @@ static reloc_howto_type elf_powerpc_howto_table[] = false, /* pc_relative */ 0, /* bitpos */ complain_overflow_dont,/* complain_on_overflow */ - bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */ + ppc_elf_std_reloc, /* special_function */ "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO", /* name */ false, /* partial_inplace */ 0, /* src_mask */ @@ -190,7 +213,7 @@ static reloc_howto_type elf_powerpc_howto_table[] = false, /* pc_relative */ 0, /* bitpos */ complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */ - bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */ + ppc_elf_std_reloc, /* special_function */ "R_PPC_ADDR16_HI", /* name */ false, /* partial_inplace */ 0, /* src_mask */ @@ -222,7 +245,7 @@ static reloc_howto_type elf_powerpc_howto_table[] = false, /* pc_relative */ 0, /* bitpos */ complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */ - bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */ + ppc_elf_std_reloc, /* special_function */ "R_PPC_ADDR14", /* name */ false, /* partial_inplace */ 0, /* src_mask */ @@ -271,7 +294,7 @@ static reloc_howto_type elf_powerpc_howto_table[] = true, /* pc_relative */ 0, /* bitpos */ complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */ - bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */ + ppc_elf_std_reloc, /* special_function */ "R_PPC_REL24", /* name */ false, /* partial_inplace */ 0, /* src_mask */ @@ -286,7 +309,7 @@ static reloc_howto_type elf_powerpc_howto_table[] = true, /* pc_relative */ 0, /* bitpos */ complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */ - bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */ + ppc_elf_std_reloc, /* special_function */ "R_PPC_REL14", /* name */ false, /* partial_inplace */ 0, /* src_mask */ @@ -335,7 +358,7 @@ static reloc_howto_type elf_powerpc_howto_table[] = 16, /* bitsize */ false, /* pc_relative */ 0, /* bitpos */ - complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */ + complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */ ppc_elf_got16_reloc, /* special_function */ "R_PPC_GOT16", /* name */ false, /* partial_inplace */ @@ -400,7 +423,7 @@ static reloc_howto_type elf_powerpc_howto_table[] = true, /* pc_relative */ 0, /* bitpos */ complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */ - bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */ + ppc_elf_std_reloc, /* special_function */ "R_PPC_PLT24", /* name */ false, /* partial_inplace */ 0, /* src_mask */ @@ -419,7 +442,7 @@ static reloc_howto_type elf_powerpc_howto_table[] = false, /* pc_relative */ 0, /* bitpos */ complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */ - bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */ + ppc_elf_std_reloc, /* special_function */ "R_PPC_COPY", /* name */ false, /* partial_inplace */ 0, /* src_mask */ @@ -435,7 +458,7 @@ static reloc_howto_type elf_powerpc_howto_table[] = false, /* pc_relative */ 0, /* bitpos */ complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */ - bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */ + ppc_elf_std_reloc, /* special_function */ "R_PPC_GLOB_DAT", /* name */ false, /* partial_inplace */ 0, /* src_mask */ @@ -450,7 +473,7 @@ static reloc_howto_type elf_powerpc_howto_table[] = false, /* pc_relative */ 0, /* bitpos */ complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */ - bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */ + ppc_elf_std_reloc, /* special_function */ "R_PPC_JMP_SLOT", /* name */ false, /* partial_inplace */ 0, /* src_mask */ @@ -467,7 +490,7 @@ static reloc_howto_type elf_powerpc_howto_table[] = false, /* pc_relative */ 0, /* bitpos */ complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */ - bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */ + ppc_elf_std_reloc, /* special_function */ "R_PPC_RELATIVE", /* name */ false, /* partial_inplace */ 0, /* src_mask */ @@ -499,7 +522,7 @@ static reloc_howto_type elf_powerpc_howto_table[] = false, /* pc_relative */ 0, /* bitpos */ complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */ - bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */ + ppc_elf_std_reloc, /* special_function */ "R_PPC_UADDR32", /* name */ false, /* partial_inplace */ 0, /* src_mask */ @@ -514,7 +537,7 @@ static reloc_howto_type elf_powerpc_howto_table[] = false, /* pc_relative */ 0, /* bitpos */ complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */ - bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */ + ppc_elf_std_reloc, /* special_function */ "R_PPC_UADDR16", /* name */ false, /* partial_inplace */ 0, /* src_mask */ @@ -529,7 +552,7 @@ static reloc_howto_type elf_powerpc_howto_table[] = true, /* pc_relative */ 0, /* bitpos */ complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */ - bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */ + ppc_elf_std_reloc, /* special_function */ "R_PPC_REL32", /* name */ false, /* partial_inplace */ 0, /* src_mask */ @@ -774,6 +797,224 @@ static reloc_howto_type elf_powerpc_howto_table[] = false), /* pcrel_offset */ }; + +/* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done. */ + +static void +ppc_elf_howto_init () +{ + unsigned int i, type; + + for (i = 0; i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]); i++) + { + type = ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].type; + BFD_ASSERT (type < sizeof(ppc_elf_howto_table) / sizeof(ppc_elf_howto_table[0])); + ppc_elf_howto_table[type] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i]; + } +} + + +static reloc_howto_type * +ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code) + bfd *abfd; + bfd_reloc_code_real_type code; +{ + if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[ R_PPC_ADDR32 ]) /* Initialize howto table if needed */ + ppc_elf_howto_init (); + + switch ((int)code) + { + case BFD_RELOC_NONE: return ppc_elf_howto_table[ (int) R_PPC_NONE ]; + case BFD_RELOC_32: return ppc_elf_howto_table[ (int) R_PPC_ADDR32 ]; + case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL: return ppc_elf_howto_table[ (int) R_PPC_REL32 ]; + case BFD_RELOC_CTOR: return ppc_elf_howto_table[ (int) R_PPC_ADDR32 ]; + case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26: return ppc_elf_howto_table[ (int) R_PPC_REL24 ]; + case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26: return ppc_elf_howto_table[ (int) R_PPC_ADDR24 ]; + case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16: return ppc_elf_howto_table[ (int) R_PPC_GOT16 ]; + case BFD_RELOC_LO16: return ppc_elf_howto_table[ (int) R_PPC_ADDR16_LO ]; + case BFD_RELOC_HI16: return ppc_elf_howto_table[ (int) R_PPC_ADDR16_HI ]; + case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S: return ppc_elf_howto_table[ (int) R_PPC_ADDR16_HA ]; + } + + return (reloc_howto_type *)NULL; +}; + +/* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */ + +static void +ppc_elf_info_to_howto (abfd, cache_ptr, dst) + bfd *abfd; + arelent *cache_ptr; + Elf32_Internal_Rela *dst; +{ + if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[ R_PPC_ADDR32 ]) /* Initialize howto table if needed */ + ppc_elf_howto_init (); + + BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) < (unsigned int) R_PPC_max); + cache_ptr->howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info)]; +} + +/* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set. */ + +static boolean +ppc_elf_set_private_flags (abfd, flags) + bfd *abfd; + flagword flags; +{ + BFD_ASSERT (!elf_ppc_flags_init (abfd) + || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags); + + elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags; + elf_ppc_flags_init (abfd) = true; + return true; +} + +/* Copy backend specific data from one object module to another */ +static boolean +ppc_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd) + bfd *ibfd; + bfd *obfd; +{ + /* This function is selected based on the input vector. We only + want to copy information over if the output BFD also uses Elf + format. */ + if (bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) + return true; + + BFD_ASSERT (!elf_ppc_flags_init (obfd) + || elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags == elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags); + + elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags; + elf_ppc_flags_init (obfd) = true; + return true; +} + +/* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output + object file when linking */ +static boolean +ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd) + bfd *ibfd; + bfd *obfd; +{ + flagword old_flags; + flagword new_flags; + + /* Check if we have the same endianess */ + if (ibfd->xvec->byteorder_big_p != obfd->xvec->byteorder_big_p) + { + fprintf (stderr, + "%s: compiled for a %s endian system and target is %s endian.\n", + bfd_get_filename (ibfd), + (ibfd->xvec->byteorder_big_p) ? "big" : "little", + (obfd->xvec->byteorder_big_p) ? "big" : "little"); + + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); + return false; + } + + /* This function is selected based on the input vector. We only + want to copy information over if the output BFD also uses Elf + format. */ + if (bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) + return true; + + new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags; + old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags; + if (!elf_ppc_flags_init (obfd)) /* First call, no flags set */ + { + elf_ppc_flags_init (obfd) = true; + elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags; + } + + else if (new_flags == old_flags) /* Compatible flags are ok */ + ; + + else /* Incompatible flags */ + { + /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch */ + if ((new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0 && (old_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) == 0) + { + new_flags &= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE; + fprintf (stderr, + "%s: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with modules compiled normally\n", + bfd_get_filename (ibfd)); + } + else if ((new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) == 0 && (old_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0) + { + old_flags &= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE; + fprintf (stderr, + "%s: compiled normally and linked with modules compiled with -mrelocatable\n", + bfd_get_filename (ibfd)); + } + + /* Warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch */ + if ((new_flags & EF_PPC_EMB) != 0 && (old_flags & EF_PPC_EMB) == 0) + { + new_flags &= ~EF_PPC_EMB; + fprintf (stderr, + "%s: compiled for the eabi and linked with modules compiled for System V\n", + bfd_get_filename (ibfd)); + } + else if ((new_flags & EF_PPC_EMB) == 0 && (old_flags & EF_PPC_EMB) != 0) + { + old_flags &= ~EF_PPC_EMB; + fprintf (stderr, + "%s: compiled for System V and linked with modules compiled for eabi\n", + bfd_get_filename (ibfd)); + } + + /* Warn about any other mismatches */ + if (new_flags != old_flags) + fprintf (stderr, + "%s: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)\n", + bfd_get_filename (ibfd), (long)new_flags, (long)old_flags); + + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); + return false; + } + + return true; +} + + +/* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocateable + output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing + has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also + be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to + change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will + all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code + into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto + function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing + relocateable output against an external symbol. */ + +/*ARGSUSED*/ +static bfd_reloc_status_type +ppc_elf_std_reloc (abfd, + reloc_entry, + symbol, + data, + input_section, + output_bfd, + error_message) + bfd *abfd; + arelent *reloc_entry; + asymbol *symbol; + PTR data; + asection *input_section; + bfd *output_bfd; + char **error_message; +{ + if (output_bfd != (bfd *) NULL + && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0 + && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace || reloc_entry->addend == 0)) + { + reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; + return bfd_reloc_ok; + } + + return bfd_reloc_continue; +} + /* Don't pretend we can deal with unsupported relocs. */ /*ARGSUSED*/ @@ -788,11 +1029,39 @@ ppc_elf_unsupported_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section, bfd *output_bfd; char **error_message; { - abort (); + BFD_ASSERT (reloc_entry->howto != (reloc_howto_type *)0); + fprintf (stderr, + "%s: Relocation %s (%d) is not currently supported.\n", + bfd_get_filename (abfd), + reloc_entry->howto->name, + reloc_entry->howto->type); + + return bfd_reloc_notsupported; +} + +/* Internal function to return the adjustment to the addend for relocations + that return the upper 16 bits after sign extending the lower 16 bits, ie + for use with a ORIS instruction followed by a memory reference using the + bottom 16 bits. */ + +INLINE +static bfd_vma +ppc_elf_addr16_ha_inner (sec, value, addend) + asection *sec; + bfd_vma value; + bfd_vma addend; +{ + bfd_vma relocation = (value + + sec->output_section->vma + + sec->output_offset + + addend); + + return (relocation & 0x8000) << 1; } /* Handle the ADDR16_HA reloc by adjusting the reloc addend. */ +/*ARGSUSED*/ static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section, output_bfd, error_message) @@ -804,25 +1073,29 @@ ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section, bfd *output_bfd; char **error_message; { - bfd_vma relocation; - if (output_bfd != (bfd *) NULL) - return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, - input_section, output_bfd, error_message); + return ppc_elf_std_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, + input_section, output_bfd, error_message); - if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section)) - relocation = 0; - else - relocation = symbol->value; + reloc_entry->addend += ppc_elf_addr16_ha_inner (symbol->section, + (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section)) ? 0 : symbol->value, + reloc_entry->addend); + return bfd_reloc_continue; +} - relocation += (symbol->section->output_section->vma - + symbol->section->output_offset - + reloc_entry->addend); +/* Internal function to return the addjustment to the addend for GOT16 + entries */ - if ((relocation & 0x8000) != 0) - reloc_entry->addend += 0x10000; +INLINE +static bfd_vma +ppc_elf_got16_inner (sec) + asection *sec; +{ + BFD_ASSERT (bfd_is_und_section (sec) + || strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".got") == 0 + || strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".cgot") == 0); - return bfd_reloc_continue; + return -(sec->output_section->vma + 0x8000); } /* Handle the GOT16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got @@ -831,6 +1104,7 @@ ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section, AIX .toc section. When and if we support PIC code, we will have to change this, perhaps by switching off on the e_type field. */ +/*ARGSUSED*/ static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_got16_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section, output_bfd, error_message) @@ -842,78 +1116,272 @@ ppc_elf_got16_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, input_section, bfd *output_bfd; char **error_message; { - asection *sec; - if (output_bfd != (bfd *) NULL) - return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, - input_section, output_bfd, error_message); + return ppc_elf_std_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, + input_section, output_bfd, error_message); - sec = bfd_get_section (*reloc_entry->sym_ptr_ptr); - BFD_ASSERT (bfd_is_und_section (sec) - || strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".got") == 0 - || strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".cgot") == 0); - reloc_entry->addend -= sec->output_section->vma; + reloc_entry->addend += ppc_elf_got16_inner (bfd_get_section (*reloc_entry->sym_ptr_ptr)); return bfd_reloc_continue; } -/* Map BFD reloc types to PowerPC ELF reloc types. */ + +/* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker + to handle the relocations for a section. -struct powerpc_reloc_map -{ - unsigned char bfd_reloc_val; - unsigned char elf_reloc_val; -}; + The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section + actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be + zero. -static const struct powerpc_reloc_map powerpc_reloc_map[] = -{ - { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_PPC_NONE, }, - { BFD_RELOC_32, R_PPC_ADDR32 }, - { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_PPC_REL32 }, - { BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_PPC_ADDR32 }, - { BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26, R_PPC_REL24 }, - { BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26, R_PPC_ADDR24 }, - { BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16, R_PPC_GOT16 }, - { BFD_RELOC_LO16, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO }, - { BFD_RELOC_HI16, R_PPC_ADDR16_HI }, - { BFD_RELOC_HI16_S, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA } -}; + This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as + necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a + relocateable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as + necessary. -static reloc_howto_type * -bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code) - bfd *abfd; - bfd_reloc_code_real_type code; + This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc + address or the reloc symbol index. + + LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols. + + LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file + corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol. + + The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found + via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd). + + When generating relocateable output, this function must handle + STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is + going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output + section, which means that the addend must be adjusted + accordingly. */ + +static boolean +ppc_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section, + contents, relocs, local_syms, local_sections) + bfd *output_bfd; + struct bfd_link_info *info; + bfd *input_bfd; + asection *input_section; + bfd_byte *contents; + Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs; + Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms; + asection **local_sections; { - int i; + Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr; + struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd); + Elf_Internal_Rela *rel = relocs; + Elf_Internal_Rela *relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count; + boolean ret = true; + +#ifdef DEBUG + fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %s section %s, %ld relocations%s\n", + bfd_get_filename (input_bfd), + bfd_section_name(input_bfd, input_section), + (long)input_section->reloc_count, + (info->relocateable) ? " (relocatable)" : ""); +#endif + + if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[ R_PPC_ADDR32 ]) /* Initialize howto table if needed */ + ppc_elf_howto_init (); - for (i = 0; - i < sizeof (powerpc_reloc_map) / sizeof (struct powerpc_reloc_map); - i++) + for (; rel < relend; rel++) { - if (powerpc_reloc_map[i].bfd_reloc_val == code) - return &elf_powerpc_howto_table[powerpc_reloc_map[i].elf_reloc_val]; + enum reloc_type r_type = (enum reloc_type)ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); + bfd_vma offset = rel->r_offset; + bfd_vma addend = rel->r_addend; + bfd_reloc_status_type r = bfd_reloc_other; + Elf_Internal_Sym *sym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *)0; + asection *sec = (asection *)0; + struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *)0; + reloc_howto_type *howto; + unsigned long r_symndx; + bfd_vma relocation; + + /* Unknown relocation handling */ + if ((unsigned)r_type >= (unsigned)R_PPC_max || !ppc_elf_howto_table[(int)r_type]) + { + fprintf (stderr, + "%s: Unknown relocation type %d\n", + bfd_get_filename (input_bfd), + (int)r_type); + + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); + ret = false; + continue; + } + + howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[(int)r_type]; + r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); + + if (info->relocateable) + { + /* This is a relocateable link. We don't have to change + anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol, + in which case we have to adjust according to where the + section symbol winds up in the output section. */ + if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) + { + sym = local_syms + r_symndx; + if ((unsigned)ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION) + { + sec = local_sections[r_symndx]; + addend = rel->r_addend += sec->output_offset + sym->st_value; + } + } + +#ifdef DEBUG + fprintf (stderr, "\ttype = %s (%d), symbol index = %ld, offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n", + howto->name, + (int)r_type, + r_symndx, + (long)offset, + (long)addend); +#endif + continue; + } + + /* This is a final link. */ + + /* Complain about known relocation that are not yet supported */ + if (howto->special_function == ppc_elf_unsupported_reloc) + { + fprintf (stderr, + "%s: Relocation %s (%d) is not currently supported.\n", + bfd_get_filename (input_bfd), + howto->name, + (int)r_type); + + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); + ret = false; + continue; + } + + if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) + { + sym = local_syms + r_symndx; + sec = local_sections[r_symndx]; + relocation = (sec->output_section->vma + + sec->output_offset + + sym->st_value); + } + else + { + h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; + if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined + || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) + { + sec = h->root.u.def.section; + relocation = (h->root.u.def.value + + sec->output_section->vma + + sec->output_offset); + } + else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) + relocation = 0; + else if (info->shared) + relocation = 0; + else + { + (*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)(info, + h->root.root.string, + input_bfd, + input_section, + rel->r_offset); + ret = false; + continue; + } + } + + switch ((int)r_type) + { + default: + break; + + case (int)R_PPC_GOT16: /* GOT16 relocations */ + case (int)R_PPC_GOT16_LO: + case (int)R_PPC_GOT16_HI: + BFD_ASSERT (sec != (asection *)0); + addend += ppc_elf_got16_inner (sec); + break; + + case (int)R_PPC_ADDR16_HA: /* arithmetic adjust relocations */ + BFD_ASSERT (sec != (asection *)0); + addend += ppc_elf_addr16_ha_inner (sec, relocation, addend); + break; + } + + +#ifdef DEBUG + fprintf (stderr, "\ttype = %s (%d), symbol index = %ld, offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n", + howto->name, + (int)r_type, + r_symndx, + (long)offset, + (long)addend); +#endif + + r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, + input_bfd, + input_section, + contents, + offset, + relocation, + addend); + + if (r != bfd_reloc_ok) + { + ret = false; + switch (r) + { + default: + break; + + case bfd_reloc_overflow: + { + const char *name; + + if (h != NULL) + name = h->root.root.string; + else + { + name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd, + symtab_hdr->sh_link, + sym->st_name); + if (name == NULL) + break; + + if (*name == '\0') + name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec); + } + + (*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)(info, + name, + howto->name, + (bfd_vma) 0, + input_bfd, + input_section, + offset); + } + break; + + } + } } - return NULL; -} -/* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */ +#ifdef DEBUG + fprintf (stderr, "\n"); +#endif -static void -powerpc_info_to_howto (abfd, cache_ptr, dst) - bfd *abfd; - arelent *cache_ptr; - Elf32_Internal_Rela *dst; -{ - BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) < (unsigned int) R_PPC_max); - cache_ptr->howto = &elf_powerpc_howto_table[ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info)]; + return ret; } +#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_powerpcle_vec +#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle" #define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_powerpc_vec #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc" #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000 -#define elf_info_to_howto powerpc_info_to_howto +#define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto #ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC @@ -923,4 +1391,10 @@ powerpc_info_to_howto (abfd, cache_ptr, dst) #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD #endif +#define bfd_elf32_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_copy_private_bfd_data +#define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data +#define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags +#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup +#define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section + #include "elf32-target.h" diff --git a/bfd/elf32-sparc.c b/bfd/elf32-sparc.c index e44922c..b0962cf 100644 --- a/bfd/elf32-sparc.c +++ b/bfd/elf32-sparc.c @@ -27,10 +27,6 @@ static reloc_howto_type *bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd_reloc_code_real_type)); static void elf_info_to_howto PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent *, Elf_Internal_Rela *)); -static boolean elf32_sparc_create_dynamic_sections - PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *)); -static boolean elf32_sparc_create_got_section - PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *)); static boolean elf32_sparc_check_relocs PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *)); @@ -199,124 +195,6 @@ elf_info_to_howto (abfd, cache_ptr, dst) /* nop. */ #define PLT_ENTRY_WORD2 SPARC_NOP -/* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */ - -static boolean -elf32_sparc_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info) - bfd *abfd; - struct bfd_link_info *info; -{ - flagword flags; - register asection *s; - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; - - /* We need to create .plt, .rela.plt, .got, .dynbss, and .rela.bss - sections. */ - - flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY; - - s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".plt"); - if (s == NULL - || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_CODE) - || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 2)) - return false; - - /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the - .plt section. */ - h = NULL; - if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol - (info, abfd, "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s, (bfd_vma) 0, - (const char *) NULL, false, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, - (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) &h))) - return false; - h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR; - h->type = STT_OBJECT; - - if (info->shared - && ! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) - return false; - - s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".rela.plt"); - if (s == NULL - || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_READONLY) - || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 2)) - return false; - - if (! elf32_sparc_create_got_section (abfd, info)) - return false; - - /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined - by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are - not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process - image and use a R_SPARC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to - initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss - section into the .bss section of the final image. */ - s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".dynbss"); - if (s == NULL - || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, SEC_ALLOC)) - return false; - - /* The .rela.bss section holds copy relocs. */ - if (! info->shared) - { - s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".rela.bss"); - if (s == NULL - || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_READONLY) - || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 2)) - return false; - } - - return true; -} - -/* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */ - -static boolean -elf32_sparc_create_got_section (abfd, info) - bfd *abfd; - struct bfd_link_info *info; -{ - register asection *s; - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; - - /* This function may be called more than once. */ - if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got") != NULL) - return true; - - s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".got"); - if (s == NULL - || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, - (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS - | SEC_IN_MEMORY)) - || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 2)) - return false; - - /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the .got - section. We don't do this in the linker script because we don't - want to define the symbol if we are not creating a global offset - table. FIXME: The Solaris linker puts _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at - the start of the .got section, but when using the small PIC model - the .got is accessed using a signed 13 bit offset. Shouldn't - _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ be located at .got + 4096? */ - h = NULL; - if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol - (info, abfd, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s, (bfd_vma) 0, - (const char *) NULL, false, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, - (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) &h))) - return false; - h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR; - h->type = STT_OBJECT; - - if (info->shared - && ! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) - return false; - - /* The first global offset table entry is reserved. */ - s->_raw_size += 4; - - return true; -} - /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage table. */ @@ -373,7 +251,7 @@ elf32_sparc_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs) { /* Create the .got section. */ elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd; - if (! elf32_sparc_create_got_section (dynobj, info)) + if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info)) return false; } @@ -515,7 +393,7 @@ elf32_sparc_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs) { const char *name; - name = (elf_string_from_elf_section + name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx, elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_name)); @@ -1211,7 +1089,7 @@ elf32_sparc_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section, { const char *name; - name = (elf_string_from_elf_section + name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd, elf_elfheader (input_bfd)->e_shstrndx, elf_section_data (input_section)->rel_hdr.sh_name)); @@ -1308,9 +1186,9 @@ elf32_sparc_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section, name = h->root.root.string; else { - name = elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd, - symtab_hdr->sh_link, - sym->st_name); + name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd, + symtab_hdr->sh_link, + sym->st_name); if (name == NULL) return false; if (*name == '\0') @@ -1568,7 +1446,7 @@ elf32_sparc_finish_dynamic_sections (output_bfd, info) sym.st_shndx = indx; bfd_elf32_swap_symbol_out (output_bfd, &sym, - ((Elf32_External_Sym *) sdynsym->contents +(char*) ((Elf32_External_Sym *) sdynsym->contents + elf_section_data (s)->dynindx)); } @@ -1587,7 +1465,7 @@ elf32_sparc_finish_dynamic_sections (output_bfd, info) #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_SPARC #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \ - elf32_sparc_create_dynamic_sections + _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections #define elf_backend_check_relocs elf32_sparc_check_relocs #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \ elf32_sparc_adjust_dynamic_symbol @@ -1598,5 +1476,8 @@ elf32_sparc_finish_dynamic_sections (output_bfd, info) elf32_sparc_finish_dynamic_symbol #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \ elf32_sparc_finish_dynamic_sections +#define elf_backend_want_got_plt 0 +#define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1 +#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1 #include "elf32-target.h" diff --git a/bfd/elfcode.h b/bfd/elfcode.h index 3f30c6b..761781d 100644 --- a/bfd/elfcode.h +++ b/bfd/elfcode.h @@ -110,14 +110,12 @@ Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ #define elf_set_section_contents NAME(bfd_elf,set_section_contents) #define elf_no_info_to_howto NAME(bfd_elf,no_info_to_howto) #define elf_no_info_to_howto_rel NAME(bfd_elf,no_info_to_howto_rel) -#define elf_new_section_hook NAME(bfd_elf,new_section_hook) #define elf_find_section NAME(bfd_elf,find_section) #define elf_bfd_link_add_symbols NAME(bfd_elf,bfd_link_add_symbols) #define elf_add_dynamic_entry NAME(bfd_elf,add_dynamic_entry) #define elf_link_create_dynamic_sections \ NAME(bfd_elf,link_create_dynamic_sections) -#define elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol \ - NAME(bfd_elf,link_record_dynamic_symbol) +#define elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol _bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol #define elf_bfd_final_link NAME(bfd_elf,bfd_final_link) #if ARCH_SIZE == 64 @@ -139,51 +137,32 @@ Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ /* Forward declarations of static functions */ -static struct bfd_strtab_hash *elf_stringtab_init PARAMS ((void)); -static asection *section_from_elf_index PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned int)); +#define elf_stringtab_init _bfd_elf_stringtab_init -static int elf_section_from_bfd_section PARAMS ((bfd *, struct sec *)); +extern struct bfd_strtab_hash *_bfd_elf_stringtab_init PARAMS ((void)); +#define section_from_elf_index bfd_section_from_elf_index +extern boolean bfd_section_from_phdr PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Phdr *, + int)); + + int _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section PARAMS ((bfd *, struct sec *)); static long elf_slurp_symbol_table PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol **, boolean)); static boolean elf_slurp_reloc_table PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, asymbol **)); -static int elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol PARAMS ((bfd *, + int _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol PARAMS ((bfd *, struct symbol_cache_entry **)); -static boolean elf_compute_section_file_positions - PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *)); -static boolean prep_headers PARAMS ((bfd *)); static void write_relocs PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR)); -static void elf_fake_sections PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR)); -static boolean assign_section_numbers PARAMS ((bfd *)); static file_ptr align_file_position PARAMS ((file_ptr)); -static file_ptr assign_file_position_for_section - PARAMS ((Elf_Internal_Shdr *, file_ptr, boolean)); -static boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean)); -static int elf_sort_hdrs PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR)); -static void assign_file_positions_for_relocs PARAMS ((bfd *)); -static bfd_size_type get_program_header_size PARAMS ((bfd *, - Elf_Internal_Shdr **, - unsigned int, - bfd_vma)); -static file_ptr map_program_segments - PARAMS ((bfd *, file_ptr, Elf_Internal_Shdr *, Elf_Internal_Shdr **, - bfd_size_type)); - -static boolean elf_map_symbols PARAMS ((bfd *)); -static boolean swap_out_syms PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **)); - -static boolean bfd_section_from_shdr PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned int shindex)); + + boolean bfd_section_from_shdr PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned int shindex)); #ifdef DEBUG static void elf_debug_section PARAMS ((int, Elf_Internal_Shdr *)); static void elf_debug_file PARAMS ((Elf_Internal_Ehdr *)); static char *elf_symbol_flags PARAMS ((flagword)); #endif - -#define elf_string_from_elf_strtab(abfd,strindex) \ - elf_string_from_elf_section(abfd,elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx,strindex) /* Structure swapping routines */ @@ -219,11 +198,12 @@ elf_swap_symbol_in (abfd, src, dst) format. */ void -elf_swap_symbol_out (abfd, src, dst) +elf_swap_symbol_out (abfd, src, cdst) bfd *abfd; Elf_Internal_Sym *src; - Elf_External_Sym *dst; + char *cdst; { + Elf_External_Sym *dst = (Elf_External_Sym *) cdst; bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->st_name, dst->st_name); put_word (abfd, src->st_value, dst->st_value); put_word (abfd, src->st_size, dst->st_size); @@ -431,338 +411,8 @@ elf_swap_dyn_out (abfd, src, dst) put_word (abfd, src->d_un.d_val, dst->d_un.d_val); } -/* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */ - -static struct bfd_strtab_hash * -elf_stringtab_init () -{ - struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret; - - ret = _bfd_stringtab_init (); - if (ret != NULL) - { - bfd_size_type loc; - - loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", true, false); - BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1); - if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1) - { - _bfd_stringtab_free (ret); - ret = NULL; - } - } - return ret; -} - /* ELF .o/exec file reading */ -/* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */ - -static boolean -bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, shindex) - bfd *abfd; - unsigned int shindex; -{ - Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex]; - Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd); - char *name; - - name = elf_string_from_elf_strtab (abfd, hdr->sh_name); - - switch (hdr->sh_type) - { - case SHT_NULL: - /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */ - return true; - - case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */ - case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */ - case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */ - case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */ - return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); - - case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */ - if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex) - return true; - - BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_entsize == sizeof (Elf_External_Sym)); - BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0); - elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex; - elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr; - elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; - abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS; - - /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If - SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also - treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the - decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes - set in a relocateable object file, which would confuse the - linker. */ - if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0 - && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0 - && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name)) - return false; - - return true; - - case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */ - if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex) - return true; - - BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_entsize == sizeof (Elf_External_Sym)); - BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0); - elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex; - elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr; - elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr; - abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS; - - /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular - section, so that objcopy can handle it. */ - return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); - - case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */ - if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL) - return true; - if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex) - { - elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr; - elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr; - return true; - } - { - unsigned int i; - - for (i = 1; i < ehdr->e_shnum; i++) - { - Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; - if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex) - { - if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i)) - return false; - if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i) - { - elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr; - elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = - &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; - return true; - } - if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i) - { - elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr; - elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = - &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr; - /* We also treat this as a regular section, so - that objcopy can handle it. */ - break; - } -#if 0 /* Not handling other string tables specially right now. */ - hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; /* in case it moved */ - /* We have a strtab for some random other section. */ - newsect = (asection *) hdr2->bfd_section; - if (!newsect) - break; - hdr->bfd_section = newsect; - hdr2 = &elf_section_data (newsect)->str_hdr; - *hdr2 = *hdr; - elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2; -#endif - } - } - } - - return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); - - case SHT_REL: - case SHT_RELA: - /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */ - { - asection *target_sect; - Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2; - int use_rela_p = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->use_rela_p; - - /* Get the symbol table. */ - if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link)) - return false; - - /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we - don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately - represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't - try. We just present it as a normal section. */ - if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd)) - return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); - - /* Don't allow REL relocations on a machine that uses RELA and - vice versa. */ - /* @@ Actually, the generic ABI does suggest that both might be - used in one file. But the four ABI Processor Supplements I - have access to right now all specify that only one is used on - each of those architectures. It's conceivable that, e.g., a - bunch of absolute 32-bit relocs might be more compact in REL - form even on a RELA machine... */ - BFD_ASSERT (use_rela_p - ? (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA - && hdr->sh_entsize == sizeof (Elf_External_Rela)) - : (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL - && hdr->sh_entsize == sizeof (Elf_External_Rel))); - - if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info)) - return false; - target_sect = section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info); - if (target_sect == NULL) - return false; - - hdr2 = &elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr; - *hdr2 = *hdr; - elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2; - target_sect->reloc_count = hdr->sh_size / hdr->sh_entsize; - target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC; - target_sect->relocation = NULL; - target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset; - abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC; - return true; - } - break; - - case SHT_NOTE: -#if 0 - fprintf (stderr, "Note Sections not yet supported.\n"); - BFD_FAIL (); -#endif - break; - - case SHT_SHLIB: -#if 0 - fprintf (stderr, "SHLIB Sections not supported (and non conforming.)\n"); -#endif - return true; - - default: - /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */ - { - struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); - - if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr) - (*bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr) (abfd, hdr, name); - } - break; - } - - return true; -} - -boolean -elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec) - bfd *abfd - ; - asection *sec; -{ - struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata; - - sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*sdata)); - if (!sdata) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); - return false; - } - sec->used_by_bfd = (PTR) sdata; - memset (sdata, 0, sizeof (*sdata)); - return true; -} - -/* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header. - - Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name - of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the - program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we - generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b. - - Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than - (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the - system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size, - but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the - file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting - of combined data+bss. - - To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections - for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by - the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified - by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split - into it's initialized and uninitialized parts. - - */ - -static boolean -bfd_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index) - bfd *abfd; - Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr; - int index; -{ - asection *newsect; - char *name; - char namebuf[64]; - int split; - - split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0) && - (hdr->p_filesz > 0) && - (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)); - sprintf (namebuf, split ? "segment%da" : "segment%d", index); - name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (namebuf) + 1); - if (!name) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); - return false; - } - strcpy (name, namebuf); - newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); - if (newsect == NULL) - return false; - newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr; - newsect->_raw_size = hdr->p_filesz; - newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset; - newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; - if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD) - { - newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC; - newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD; - if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X) - { - /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION, - may be data. */ - newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE; - } - } - if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W)) - { - newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY; - } - - if (split) - { - sprintf (namebuf, "segment%db", index); - name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (namebuf) + 1); - if (!name) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); - return false; - } - strcpy (name, namebuf); - newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); - if (newsect == NULL) - return false; - newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz; - newsect->_raw_size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz; - if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD) - { - newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC; - if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X) - newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE; - } - if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W)) - newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY; - } - - return true; -} /* Begin processing a given object. @@ -940,7 +590,7 @@ elf_object_p (abfd) bfd_section_from_shdr with it (since this particular strtab is used to find all of the ELF section names.) */ - shstrtab = elf_get_str_section (abfd, i_ehdrp->e_shstrndx); + shstrtab = bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, i_ehdrp->e_shstrndx); if (!shstrtab) goto got_no_match; @@ -985,22 +635,6 @@ got_no_match: /* ELF .o/exec file writing */ -/* Takes a bfd and a symbol, returns a pointer to the elf specific area - of the symbol if there is one. */ -static INLINE elf_symbol_type * -elf_symbol_from (ignore_abfd, symbol) - bfd *ignore_abfd; - asymbol *symbol; -{ - if (symbol->the_bfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) - return 0; - - if (symbol->the_bfd->tdata.elf_obj_data == (struct elf_obj_tdata *) NULL) - return 0; - - return (elf_symbol_type *) symbol; -} - static void write_relocs (abfd, sec, data) bfd *abfd; @@ -1071,7 +705,7 @@ write_relocs (abfd, sec, data) else { last_sym = sym; - last_sym_idx = n = elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd, &sym); + last_sym_idx = n = _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd, &sym); } dst_rela.r_info = ELF_R_INFO (n, ptr->howto->type); @@ -1109,7 +743,7 @@ write_relocs (abfd, sec, data) else { last_sym = sym; - last_sym_idx = n = elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd, &sym); + last_sym_idx = n = _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd, &sym); } dst_rel.r_info = ELF_R_INFO (n, ptr->howto->type); @@ -1118,569 +752,6 @@ write_relocs (abfd, sec, data) } } -/* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */ - -/*ARGSUSED*/ -static void -elf_fake_sections (abfd, asect, failedptrarg) - bfd *abfd; - asection *asect; - PTR failedptrarg; -{ - boolean *failedptr = (boolean *) failedptrarg; - Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; - - if (*failedptr) - { - /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections - loop. */ - return; - } - - this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr; - - this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), - asect->name, - true, false); - if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned long) -1) - { - *failedptr = true; - return; - } - - this_hdr->sh_flags = 0; - if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) - this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma; - else - this_hdr->sh_addr = 0; - this_hdr->sh_offset = 0; - this_hdr->sh_size = asect->_raw_size; - this_hdr->sh_link = 0; - this_hdr->sh_info = 0; - this_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << asect->alignment_power; - this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; - - this_hdr->bfd_section = asect; - this_hdr->contents = NULL; - - /* FIXME: This should not be based on section names. */ - if (strcmp (asect->name, ".dynstr") == 0) - this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; - else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".hash") == 0) - { - this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_HASH; - this_hdr->sh_entsize = ARCH_SIZE / 8; - } - else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".dynsym") == 0) - { - this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_DYNSYM; - this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym); - } - else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".dynamic") == 0) - { - this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_DYNAMIC; - this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Dyn); - } - else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".rela", 5) == 0 - && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->use_rela_p) - { - this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_RELA; - this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Rela); - } - else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".rel", 4) == 0 - && ! get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->use_rela_p) - { - this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_REL; - this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Rel); - } - else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".note") == 0) - this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOTE; - else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".stab", 5) == 0 - && strcmp (asect->name + strlen (asect->name) - 3, "str") == 0) - this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; - else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 - && (asect->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) - this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS; - else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 - && ((asect->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)) - { - BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (asect->name, ".bss") == 0 - || strcmp (asect->name, ".sbss") == 0 - || strcmp (asect->name, ".scommon") == 0 - || strcmp (asect->name, "COMMON") == 0); - this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS; - } - else - { - /* Who knows? */ - this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS; - } - - if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) - this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC; - if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) - this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE; - if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) - this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR; - - /* Check for processor-specific section types. */ - { - struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); - - if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) - (*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect); - } - - /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the - SHT_REL[A] section. */ - if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0) - { - Elf_Internal_Shdr *rela_hdr; - int use_rela_p = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->use_rela_p; - char *name; - - rela_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->rel_hdr; - name = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name)); - if (name == NULL) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); - *failedptr = true; - return; - } - sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name); - rela_hdr->sh_name = - (unsigned int) _bfd_stringtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name, - true, false); - if (rela_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) - { - *failedptr = true; - return; - } - rela_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL; - rela_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p - ? sizeof (Elf_External_Rela) - : sizeof (Elf_External_Rel)); - rela_hdr->sh_addralign = FILE_ALIGN; - rela_hdr->sh_flags = 0; - rela_hdr->sh_addr = 0; - rela_hdr->sh_size = 0; - rela_hdr->sh_offset = 0; - } -} - -/* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here - too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled - in here too, while we're at it. */ - -static boolean -assign_section_numbers (abfd) - bfd *abfd; -{ - struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd); - asection *sec; - unsigned int section_number; - Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; - - section_number = 1; - - for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next) - { - struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec); - - d->this_idx = section_number++; - if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0) - d->rel_idx = 0; - else - d->rel_idx = section_number++; - } - - t->shstrtab_section = section_number++; - elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section; - t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); - - if (abfd->symcount > 0) - { - t->symtab_section = section_number++; - t->strtab_section = section_number++; - } - - elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number; - - /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the - indices. */ - i_shdrp = ((Elf_Internal_Shdr **) - bfd_alloc (abfd, section_number * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *))); - if (i_shdrp == NULL) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); - return false; - } - - i_shdrp[0] = ((Elf_Internal_Shdr *) - bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr))); - if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL) - { - bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp); - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); - return false; - } - memset (i_shdrp[0], 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr)); - - elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp; - - i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr; - if (abfd->symcount > 0) - { - i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr; - i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr; - t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section; - } - for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next) - { - struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec); - asection *s; - const char *name; - - i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr; - if (d->rel_idx != 0) - i_shdrp[d->rel_idx] = &d->rel_hdr; - - /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */ - - /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol - table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which - the relocation entries apply. */ - if (d->rel_idx != 0) - { - d->rel_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section; - d->rel_hdr.sh_info = d->this_idx; - } - - switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type) - { - case SHT_REL: - case SHT_RELA: - /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD - section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol - table. sh_info is the section index of the section to - which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an - allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table. - FIXME: How can we be sure? */ - s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); - if (s != NULL) - d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; - - /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */ - name = sec->name; - if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL) - name += 4; - else - name += 5; - s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name); - if (s != NULL) - d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; - break; - - case SHT_STRTAB: - /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs - string section. We look for a section with the same name - but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link - field to point to this section. */ - if (strncmp (sec->name, ".stab", sizeof ".stab" - 1) == 0 - && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0) - { - size_t len; - char *alc; - - len = strlen (sec->name); - alc = (char *) malloc (len - 2); - if (alc == NULL) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); - return false; - } - strncpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3); - alc[len - 3] = '\0'; - s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc); - free (alc); - if (s != NULL) - { - elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx; - - /* This is a .stab section. */ - elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = - 4 + 2 * (ARCH_SIZE / 8); - } - } - break; - - case SHT_DYNAMIC: - case SHT_DYNSYM: - /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table - used for the dynamic entries or symbol table. */ - s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr"); - if (s != NULL) - d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; - break; - - case SHT_HASH: - /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table - this hash table is for. */ - s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); - if (s != NULL) - d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; - break; - } - } - - return true; -} - -/* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving - all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */ - -static INLINE int -sym_is_global (abfd, sym) - bfd *abfd; - asymbol *sym; -{ - /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */ - if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_sym_is_global) - return ((*get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_sym_is_global) - (abfd, sym)); - - return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0 - || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym)) - || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym))); -} - -static boolean -elf_map_symbols (abfd) - bfd *abfd; -{ - int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd); - asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd); - asymbol **sect_syms; - int num_locals = 0; - int num_globals = 0; - int num_locals2 = 0; - int num_globals2 = 0; - int max_index = 0; - int num_sections = 0; - int idx; - asection *asect; - asymbol **new_syms; - -#ifdef DEBUG - fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n"); - fflush (stderr); -#endif - - /* Add a section symbol for each BFD section. FIXME: Is this really - necessary? */ - for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) - { - if (max_index < asect->index) - max_index = asect->index; - } - - max_index++; - sect_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_zalloc (abfd, max_index * sizeof (asymbol *)); - if (sect_syms == NULL) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); - return false; - } - elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms; - - for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) - { - if ((syms[idx]->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0 - && syms[idx]->value == 0) - { - asection *sec; - - sec = syms[idx]->section; - if (sec->owner != NULL) - { - if (sec->owner != abfd) - { - if (sec->output_offset != 0) - continue; - sec = sec->output_section; - BFD_ASSERT (sec->owner == abfd); - } - sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx]; - } - } - } - - for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) - { - asymbol *sym; - - if (sect_syms[asect->index] != NULL) - continue; - - sym = bfd_make_empty_symbol (abfd); - if (sym == NULL) - return false; - sym->the_bfd = abfd; - sym->name = asect->name; - sym->value = 0; - /* Set the flags to 0 to indicate that this one was newly added. */ - sym->flags = 0; - sym->section = asect; - sect_syms[asect->index] = sym; - num_sections++; -#ifdef DEBUG - fprintf (stderr, - "creating section symbol, name = %s, value = 0x%.8lx, index = %d, section = 0x%.8lx\n", - asect->name, (long) asect->vma, asect->index, (long) asect); -#endif - } - - /* Classify all of the symbols. */ - for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) - { - if (!sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx])) - num_locals++; - else - num_globals++; - } - for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) - { - if (sect_syms[asect->index] != NULL - && sect_syms[asect->index]->flags == 0) - { - sect_syms[asect->index]->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM; - if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sect_syms[asect->index])) - num_locals++; - else - num_globals++; - sect_syms[asect->index]->flags = 0; - } - } - - /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */ - new_syms = ((asymbol **) - bfd_alloc (abfd, - (num_locals + num_globals) * sizeof (asymbol *))); - if (new_syms == NULL) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); - return false; - } - - for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) - { - asymbol *sym = syms[idx]; - int i; - - if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym)) - i = num_locals2++; - else - i = num_locals + num_globals2++; - new_syms[i] = sym; - sym->udata.i = i + 1; - } - for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) - { - if (sect_syms[asect->index] != NULL - && sect_syms[asect->index]->flags == 0) - { - asymbol *sym = sect_syms[asect->index]; - int i; - - sym->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM; - if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym)) - i = num_locals2++; - else - i = num_locals + num_globals2++; - new_syms[i] = sym; - sym->udata.i = i + 1; - } - } - - bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals); - - elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals; - elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals; - return true; -} - -/* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and - otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO - is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */ - -static boolean -elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, link_info) - bfd *abfd; - struct bfd_link_info *link_info; -{ - struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); - boolean failed; - struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab; - Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr; - - if (abfd->output_has_begun) - return true; - - /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */ - if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) - (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info); - - if (! prep_headers (abfd)) - return false; - - failed = false; - bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &failed); - if (failed) - return false; - - if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd)) - return false; - - /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */ - if (link_info == NULL) - { - if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab)) - return false; - } - - shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr; - /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */ - shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; - shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; - shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; - shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); - shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; - shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; - shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; - /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_for_symtabs_and_strtabs. */ - shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; - - if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, - link_info == NULL ? true : false)) - return false; - - if (link_info == NULL) - { - /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it - out. */ - if ((bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) - != 0) - || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab)) - return false; - _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab); - } - - abfd->output_has_begun = true; - - return true; -} - - /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any ELF data structure. */ @@ -1691,907 +762,24 @@ align_file_position (off) return (off + FILE_ALIGN - 1) & ~(FILE_ALIGN - 1); } -/* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the - required section alignment. */ - -static INLINE file_ptr -assign_file_position_for_section (i_shdrp, offset, align) - Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp; - file_ptr offset; - boolean align; -{ - if (align) - { - unsigned int al; - - al = i_shdrp->sh_addralign; - if (al > 1) - offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, al); - } - i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset; - if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL) - i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset; - if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) - offset += i_shdrp->sh_size; - return offset; -} - -/* Get the size of the program header. - - SORTED_HDRS, if non-NULL, is an array of COUNT pointers to headers sorted - by VMA. Non-allocated sections (!SHF_ALLOC) must appear last. All - section VMAs and sizes are known so we can compute the correct value. - (??? This may not be perfectly true. What cases do we miss?) - - If SORTED_HDRS is NULL we assume there are two segments: text and data - (exclusive of .interp and .dynamic). - - If this is called by the linker before any of the section VMA's are set, it - can't calculate the correct value for a strange memory layout. This only - happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS is used in a linker script. In this case, - SORTED_HDRS is NULL and we assume the normal scenario of one text and one - data segment (exclusive of .interp and .dynamic). - - ??? User written scripts must either not use SIZEOF_HEADERS, or assume there - will be two segments. */ - -static bfd_size_type -get_program_header_size (abfd, sorted_hdrs, count, maxpagesize) - bfd *abfd; - Elf_Internal_Shdr **sorted_hdrs; - unsigned int count; - bfd_vma maxpagesize; -{ - size_t segs; - asection *s; - - /* We can't return a different result each time we're called. */ - if (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size != 0) - return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size; - - if (sorted_hdrs != NULL) - { - unsigned int i; - unsigned int last_type; - Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; - /* What we think the current segment's offset is. */ - bfd_vma p_offset; - /* What we think the current segment's address is. */ - bfd_vma p_vaddr; - /* How big we think the current segment is. */ - bfd_vma p_memsz; - /* What we think the current file offset is. */ - bfd_vma file_offset; - bfd_vma next_offset; - - /* Scan the headers and compute the number of segments required. This - code is intentionally similar to the code in map_program_segments. - - The `sh_offset' field isn't valid at this point, so we keep our own - running total in `file_offset'. - - This works because section VMAs are already known. */ - - segs = 1; - /* Make sure the first section goes in the first segment. */ - file_offset = p_offset = sorted_hdrs[0]->sh_addr % maxpagesize; - p_vaddr = sorted_hdrs[0]->sh_addr; - p_memsz = 0; - last_type = SHT_PROGBITS; - - for (i = 0, hdrpp = sorted_hdrs; i < count; i++, hdrpp++) - { - Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; - - hdr = *hdrpp; - - /* Ignore any section which will not be part of the process - image. */ - if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) == 0) - continue; - - /* Keep track of where this and the next sections go. - The section VMA must equal the file position modulo - the page size. */ - file_offset += (hdr->sh_addr - file_offset) % maxpagesize; - next_offset = file_offset; - if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) - next_offset = file_offset + hdr->sh_size; - - /* If this section fits in the segment we are constructing, add - it in. */ - if ((file_offset - (p_offset + p_memsz) - == hdr->sh_addr - (p_vaddr + p_memsz)) - && (last_type != SHT_NOBITS || hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS)) - { - bfd_size_type adjust; - - adjust = hdr->sh_addr - (p_vaddr + p_memsz); - p_memsz += hdr->sh_size + adjust; - file_offset = next_offset; - last_type = hdr->sh_type; - continue; - } - - /* The section won't fit, start a new segment. */ - ++segs; - - /* Initialize the segment. */ - p_vaddr = hdr->sh_addr; - p_memsz = hdr->sh_size; - p_offset = file_offset; - file_offset = next_offset; - - last_type = hdr->sh_type; - } - } - else - { - /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text - and one for data. */ - segs = 2; - } - - s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); - if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) - { - /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a - PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a - PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all - targets. */ - segs += 2; - } - - if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL) - { - /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ - ++segs; - } - - elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = segs * sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr); - return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size; -} - -/* Create the program header. OFF is the file offset where the - program header should be written. FIRST is the first loadable ELF - section. SORTED_HDRS is the ELF sections sorted by section - address. PHDR_SIZE is the size of the program header as returned - by get_program_header_size. */ - -static file_ptr -map_program_segments (abfd, off, first, sorted_hdrs, phdr_size) +static int +write_out_phdrs (abfd, phdr, count) bfd *abfd; - file_ptr off; - Elf_Internal_Shdr *first; - Elf_Internal_Shdr **sorted_hdrs; - bfd_size_type phdr_size; + Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr; + int count; { - Elf_Internal_Phdr phdrs[10]; - unsigned int phdr_count; - Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr; - int phdr_size_adjust; - unsigned int i; - Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; - asection *sinterp, *sdyn; - unsigned int last_type; - Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; - - BFD_ASSERT ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) != 0); - BFD_ASSERT (phdr_size / sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr) - <= sizeof phdrs / sizeof (phdrs[0])); - - phdr_count = 0; - phdr = phdrs; - - phdr_size_adjust = 0; - - /* If we have a loadable .interp section, we must create a PT_INTERP - segment which must precede all PT_LOAD segments. We assume that - we must also create a PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be - true for all targets. */ - sinterp = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); - if (sinterp != NULL && (sinterp->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) - { - BFD_ASSERT (first != NULL); - - phdr->p_type = PT_PHDR; - - phdr->p_offset = off; - - /* Account for any adjustment made because of the alignment of - the first loadable section. */ - phdr_size_adjust = (first->sh_offset - phdr_size) - off; - BFD_ASSERT (phdr_size_adjust >= 0 && phdr_size_adjust < 128); - - /* The program header precedes all loadable sections. This lets - us compute its loadable address. This depends on the linker - script. */ - phdr->p_vaddr = first->sh_addr - (phdr_size + phdr_size_adjust); - - phdr->p_paddr = 0; - phdr->p_filesz = phdr_size; - phdr->p_memsz = phdr_size; - - /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */ - phdr->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X; - - phdr->p_align = FILE_ALIGN; - BFD_ASSERT ((phdr->p_vaddr - phdr->p_offset) % FILE_ALIGN == 0); - - /* Include the ELF header in the first loadable segment. */ - phdr_size_adjust += off; - - ++phdr_count; - ++phdr; - - phdr->p_type = PT_INTERP; - phdr->p_offset = sinterp->filepos; - phdr->p_vaddr = sinterp->vma; - phdr->p_paddr = 0; - phdr->p_filesz = sinterp->_raw_size; - phdr->p_memsz = sinterp->_raw_size; - phdr->p_flags = PF_R; - phdr->p_align = 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sinterp); - - ++phdr_count; - ++phdr; - } - - /* Look through the sections to see how they will be divided into - program segments. The sections must be arranged in order by - sh_addr for this to work correctly. */ - phdr->p_type = PT_NULL; - last_type = SHT_PROGBITS; - for (i = 1, hdrpp = sorted_hdrs; - i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum; - i++, hdrpp++) - { - Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; - - hdr = *hdrpp; - - /* Ignore any section which will not be part of the process - image. */ - if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) == 0) - continue; - - /* If this section fits in the segment we are constructing, add - it in. */ - if (phdr->p_type != PT_NULL - && (hdr->sh_offset - (phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_memsz) - == hdr->sh_addr - (phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz)) - && (last_type != SHT_NOBITS || hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS)) - { - bfd_size_type adjust; - - adjust = hdr->sh_addr - (phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz); - phdr->p_memsz += hdr->sh_size + adjust; - if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) - phdr->p_filesz += hdr->sh_size + adjust; - if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0) - phdr->p_flags |= PF_W; - if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0) - phdr->p_flags |= PF_X; - last_type = hdr->sh_type; - continue; - } - - /* The section won't fit, start a new segment. If we're already in one, - move to the next one. */ - if (phdr->p_type != PT_NULL) - { - ++phdr; - ++phdr_count; - } - - /* Initialize the segment. */ - phdr->p_type = PT_LOAD; - phdr->p_offset = hdr->sh_offset; - phdr->p_vaddr = hdr->sh_addr; - phdr->p_paddr = 0; - if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS) - phdr->p_filesz = 0; - else - phdr->p_filesz = hdr->sh_size; - phdr->p_memsz = hdr->sh_size; - phdr->p_flags = PF_R; - if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0) - phdr->p_flags |= PF_W; - if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0) - phdr->p_flags |= PF_X; - phdr->p_align = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->maxpagesize; - - if (hdr == first - && sinterp != NULL - && (sinterp->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) - { - phdr->p_offset -= phdr_size + phdr_size_adjust; - phdr->p_vaddr -= phdr_size + phdr_size_adjust; - phdr->p_filesz += phdr_size + phdr_size_adjust; - phdr->p_memsz += phdr_size + phdr_size_adjust; - } - - last_type = hdr->sh_type; - } - - if (phdr->p_type != PT_NULL) - { - ++phdr; - ++phdr_count; - } - - /* If we have a .dynamic section, create a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ - sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); - if (sdyn != NULL && (sdyn->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) - { - phdr->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC; - phdr->p_offset = sdyn->filepos; - phdr->p_vaddr = sdyn->vma; - phdr->p_paddr = 0; - phdr->p_filesz = sdyn->_raw_size; - phdr->p_memsz = sdyn->_raw_size; - phdr->p_flags = PF_R; - if ((sdyn->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) - phdr->p_flags |= PF_W; - if ((sdyn->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) - phdr->p_flags |= PF_X; - phdr->p_align = 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sdyn); - - ++phdr; - ++phdr_count; - } - - /* Make sure the return value from get_program_header_size matches - what we computed here. Actually, it's OK if we allocated too - much space in the program header. */ - if (phdr_count > phdr_size / sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr)) - { - ((*_bfd_error_handler) - ("%s: Not enough room for program headers (allocated %lu, need %u)", - bfd_get_filename (abfd), - (unsigned long) (phdr_size / sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr)), - phdr_count)); - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); - return (file_ptr) -1; - } - - /* Set up program header information. */ - i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); - i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr); - i_ehdrp->e_phoff = off; - i_ehdrp->e_phnum = phdr_count; - - /* Save the program headers away. I don't think anybody uses this - information right now. */ - elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = ((Elf_Internal_Phdr *) - bfd_alloc (abfd, - (phdr_count - * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr)))); - if (elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr == NULL && phdr_count != 0) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); - return (file_ptr) -1; - } - memcpy (elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr, phdrs, - phdr_count * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr)); - - /* Write out the program headers. */ - if (bfd_seek (abfd, off, SEEK_SET) != 0) - return (file_ptr) -1; - - for (i = 0, phdr = phdrs; i < phdr_count; i++, phdr++) + while (count--) { Elf_External_Phdr extphdr; - elf_swap_phdr_out (abfd, phdr, &extphdr); if (bfd_write (&extphdr, sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr), 1, abfd) != sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr)) - return (file_ptr) -1; - } - - return off + phdr_count * sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr); -} - -/* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by - elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and VMAs - must be known before this is called. - - We do not consider reloc sections at this point, unless they form - part of the loadable image. Reloc sections are assigned file - positions in assign_file_positions_for_relocs, which is called by - write_object_contents and final_link. - - If DOSYMS is false, we do not assign file positions for the symbol - table or the string table. */ - -static boolean -assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, dosyms) - bfd *abfd; - boolean dosyms; -{ - struct elf_obj_tdata * const tdata = elf_tdata (abfd); - Elf_Internal_Ehdr * const i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); - Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd); - file_ptr off; - - /* Start after the ELF header. */ - off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize; - - if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0) - { - Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; - unsigned int i; - - /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are - not creating a program header, and that the actual order of - the sections in the file is unimportant. */ - for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; i++, hdrpp++) - { - Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; - - hdr = *hdrpp; - if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA) - { - hdr->sh_offset = -1; - continue; - } - if (! dosyms - && (i == tdata->symtab_section - || i == tdata->strtab_section)) - { - hdr->sh_offset = -1; - continue; - } - - off = assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, true); - } - } - else - { - file_ptr phdr_off; - bfd_size_type phdr_size; - bfd_vma maxpagesize; - size_t hdrppsize; - Elf_Internal_Shdr **sorted_hdrs; - Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; - unsigned int i; - Elf_Internal_Shdr *first; - file_ptr phdr_map; - - /* We are creating an executable. */ - - maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->maxpagesize; - if (maxpagesize == 0) - maxpagesize = 1; - - /* We must sort the sections. The GNU linker will always create - the sections in an appropriate order, but the Irix 5 linker - will not. We don't include the dummy first section in the - sort. We sort sections which are not SHF_ALLOC to the end. */ - hdrppsize = (i_ehdrp->e_shnum - 1) * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *); - sorted_hdrs = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **) malloc (hdrppsize); - if (sorted_hdrs == NULL) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); - return false; - } - - memcpy (sorted_hdrs, i_shdrpp + 1, hdrppsize); - qsort (sorted_hdrs, i_ehdrp->e_shnum - 1, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *), - elf_sort_hdrs); - - /* We can't actually create the program header until we have set the - file positions for the sections, and we can't do that until we know - how big the header is going to be. */ - off = align_file_position (off); - phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, - sorted_hdrs, i_ehdrp->e_shnum - 1, - maxpagesize); - if (phdr_size == (file_ptr) -1) - return false; - - /* Compute the file offsets of each section. */ - phdr_off = off; - off += phdr_size; - first = NULL; - for (i = 1, hdrpp = sorted_hdrs; i < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; i++, hdrpp++) - { - Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; - - hdr = *hdrpp; - if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) == 0) - { - if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA) - { - hdr->sh_offset = -1; - continue; - } - if (! dosyms - && (hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section] - || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section])) - { - hdr->sh_offset = -1; - continue; - } - } - else - { - if (first == NULL) - first = hdr; - - /* The section VMA must equal the file position modulo - the page size. This is required by the program - header. */ - off += (hdr->sh_addr - off) % maxpagesize; - } - - off = assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, false); - } - - /* Create the program header. */ - phdr_map = map_program_segments (abfd, phdr_off, first, sorted_hdrs, - phdr_size); - if (phdr_map == (file_ptr) -1) - return false; - BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_size_type) phdr_map <= (bfd_size_type) phdr_off + phdr_size); - - free (sorted_hdrs); + return -1; + phdr++; } - - /* Place the section headers. */ - off = align_file_position (off); - i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off; - off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize; - - elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; - - return true; -} - -/* Sort the ELF headers by VMA. We sort headers which are not - SHF_ALLOC to the end. */ - - -static int -elf_sort_hdrs (arg1, arg2) - const PTR arg1; - const PTR arg2; -{ - int ret; - const Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr1 = *(const Elf_Internal_Shdr **) arg1; - const Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = *(const Elf_Internal_Shdr **) arg2; - -#define TOEND(x) (((x)->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC)==0) - - if (TOEND (hdr1)) - if (TOEND (hdr2)) - return 0; - else - return 1; - - if (TOEND (hdr2)) - return -1; - - if (hdr1->sh_addr < hdr2->sh_addr) - return -1; - else if (hdr1->sh_addr > hdr2->sh_addr) - return 1; - - /* Put !SHT_NOBITS sections before SHT_NOBITS ones. - The main loop in map_program_segments requires this. */ - - ret = (hdr1->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS) - (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS); - - if (ret != 0) - return ret; - if (hdr1->sh_size < hdr2->sh_size) - return -1; - if (hdr1->sh_size > hdr2->sh_size) - return 1; return 0; } - - -static boolean -prep_headers (abfd) - bfd *abfd; -{ - Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */ - Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp = 0; /* Program header table, internal form */ - Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; /* Section header table, internal form */ - int count; - struct bfd_strtab_hash *shstrtab; - - i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); - i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); - - shstrtab = elf_stringtab_init (); - if (shstrtab == NULL) - return false; - - elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab; - - i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0; - i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1; - i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2; - i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3; - - i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = ELFCLASS; - i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] = - abfd->xvec->byteorder_big_p ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB; - i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = EV_CURRENT; - - for (count = EI_PAD; count < EI_NIDENT; count++) - i_ehdrp->e_ident[count] = 0; - - if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0) - i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN; - else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0) - i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC; - else - i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL; - - switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd)) - { - case bfd_arch_unknown: - i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE; - break; - case bfd_arch_sparc: -#if ARCH_SIZE == 64 - i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_SPARC64; -#else - i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_SPARC; -#endif - break; - case bfd_arch_i386: - i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_386; - break; - case bfd_arch_m68k: - i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_68K; - break; - case bfd_arch_m88k: - i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_88K; - break; - case bfd_arch_i860: - i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_860; - break; - case bfd_arch_mips: /* MIPS Rxxxx */ - i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_MIPS; /* only MIPS R3000 */ - break; - case bfd_arch_hppa: - i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_PARISC; - break; - case bfd_arch_powerpc: - i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_PPC; - break; -/* start-sanitize-arc */ - case bfd_arch_arc: - i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_CYGNUS_ARC; - break; -/* end-sanitize-arc */ - /* also note that EM_M32, AT&T WE32100 is unknown to bfd */ - default: - i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE; - } - i_ehdrp->e_version = EV_CURRENT; - i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Ehdr); - - /* no program header, for now. */ - i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0; - i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0; - i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0; - - /* each bfd section is section header entry */ - i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd); - i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Shdr); - - /* if we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table */ - if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P) - { - /* it all happens later */ -#if 0 - i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr); - - /* elf_build_phdrs() returns a (NULL-terminated) array of - Elf_Internal_Phdrs */ - i_phdrp = elf_build_phdrs (abfd, i_ehdrp, i_shdrp, &i_ehdrp->e_phnum); - i_ehdrp->e_phoff = outbase; - outbase += i_ehdrp->e_phentsize * i_ehdrp->e_phnum; -#endif - } - else - { - i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0; - i_phdrp = 0; - i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0; - } - - elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name = - (unsigned int) _bfd_stringtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", true, false); - elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name = - (unsigned int) _bfd_stringtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", true, false); - elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name = - (unsigned int) _bfd_stringtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", true, false); - if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1 - || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1 - || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) - return false; - - return true; -} - -static boolean -swap_out_syms (abfd, sttp) - bfd *abfd; - struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp; -{ - if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd)) - return false; - - /* Dump out the symtabs. */ - { - int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd); - asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd); - struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt; - Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; - Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr; - Elf_External_Sym *outbound_syms; - int idx; - - stt = elf_stringtab_init (); - if (stt == NULL) - return false; - - symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; - symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB; - symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym); - symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1); - symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1; - symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = FILE_ALIGN; - - symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; - symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; - - outbound_syms = ((Elf_External_Sym *) - bfd_alloc (abfd, - (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym))); - if (outbound_syms == NULL) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); - return false; - } - symtab_hdr->contents = (PTR) outbound_syms; - - /* now generate the data (for "contents") */ - { - /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */ - Elf_Internal_Sym sym; - sym.st_name = 0; - sym.st_value = 0; - sym.st_size = 0; - sym.st_info = 0; - sym.st_other = 0; - sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; - elf_swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms); - ++outbound_syms; - } - for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) - { - Elf_Internal_Sym sym; - bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value; - elf_symbol_type *type_ptr; - flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags; - - if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) - /* Section symbols have no names. */ - sym.st_name = 0; - else - { - sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt, - syms[idx]->name, - true, false); - if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1) - return false; - } - - type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]); - - if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section)) - { - /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field, - and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from - how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */ - sym.st_size = value; - if (type_ptr == NULL - || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0) - sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value)); - else - sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value; - sym.st_shndx = elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, - syms[idx]->section); - } - else - { - asection *sec = syms[idx]->section; - int shndx; - - if (sec->output_section) - { - value += sec->output_offset; - sec = sec->output_section; - } - value += sec->vma; - sym.st_value = value; - sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0; - sym.st_shndx = shndx = elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec); - if (shndx == -1) - { - asection *sec2; - /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if we had - some decent documentation on bfd, and knew what to expect - of the library, and what to demand of applications. For - example, it appears that `objcopy' might not set the - section of a symbol to be a section that is actually in - the output file. */ - sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name); - BFD_ASSERT (sec2 != 0); - sym.st_shndx = shndx = elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2); - BFD_ASSERT (shndx != -1); - } - } - - if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section)) - sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_OBJECT); - else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section)) - sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK) - ? STB_WEAK - : STB_GLOBAL), - ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) - ? STT_FUNC - : STT_NOTYPE)); - else if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) - sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION); - else if (flags & BSF_FILE) - sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE); - else - { - int bind = STB_LOCAL; - int type = STT_OBJECT; - - if (flags & BSF_LOCAL) - bind = STB_LOCAL; - else if (flags & BSF_WEAK) - bind = STB_WEAK; - else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL) - bind = STB_GLOBAL; - - if (flags & BSF_FUNCTION) - type = STT_FUNC; - - sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type); - } - - sym.st_other = 0; - elf_swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms); - ++outbound_syms; - } - - *sttp = stt; - symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt); - symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; - - symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; - symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; - symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; - symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; - symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; - symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; - } - - return true; -} - static boolean write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd) bfd *abfd; @@ -2642,187 +830,6 @@ write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd) return true; } -/* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part - of the loadable file image. */ - -static void -assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd) - bfd *abfd; -{ - file_ptr off; - unsigned int i; - Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp; - - off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos; - - for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; - i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum; - i++, shdrpp++) - { - Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp; - - shdrp = *shdrpp; - if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA) - && shdrp->sh_offset == -1) - off = assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, true); - } - - elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; -} - -boolean -NAME(bfd_elf,write_object_contents) (abfd) - bfd *abfd; -{ - struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); - Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; - Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; - boolean failed; - unsigned int count; - - if (! abfd->output_has_begun - && ! elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, - (struct bfd_link_info *) NULL)) - return false; - - i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); - i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); - - failed = false; - bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, write_relocs, &failed); - if (failed) - return false; - assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd); - - /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */ - for (count = 1; count < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; count++) - { - if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing) - (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]); - if (i_shdrp[count]->contents) - { - if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 - || (bfd_write (i_shdrp[count]->contents, i_shdrp[count]->sh_size, - 1, abfd) - != i_shdrp[count]->sh_size)) - return false; - } - } - - /* Write out the section header names. */ - if (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 - || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd))) - return false; - - if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) - (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd, - elf_tdata (abfd)->linker); - - return write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd); -} - -/* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD - section. */ - -static asection * -section_from_elf_index (abfd, index) - bfd *abfd; - unsigned int index; -{ - BFD_ASSERT (index > 0 && index < SHN_LORESERVE); - if (index >= elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum) - return NULL; - return elf_elfsections (abfd)[index]->bfd_section; -} - -/* given a section, search the header to find them... */ -static int -elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, asect) - bfd *abfd; - struct sec *asect; -{ - struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); - Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); - int index; - Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; - int maxindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum; - - for (index = 0; index < maxindex; index++) - { - hdr = i_shdrp[index]; - if (hdr->bfd_section == asect) - return index; - } - - if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) - { - for (index = 0; index < maxindex; index++) - { - int retval; - - hdr = i_shdrp[index]; - retval = index; - if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) - (abfd, hdr, asect, &retval)) - return retval; - } - } - - if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect)) - return SHN_ABS; - if (bfd_is_com_section (asect)) - return SHN_COMMON; - if (bfd_is_und_section (asect)) - return SHN_UNDEF; - - return -1; -} - -/* given a symbol, return the bfd index for that symbol. */ -static int -elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd, asym_ptr_ptr) - bfd *abfd; - struct symbol_cache_entry **asym_ptr_ptr; -{ - struct symbol_cache_entry *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr; - int idx; - flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags; - - /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its - own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the - symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating - relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the - input sections rather than the output section. */ - if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0 - && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) - && asym_ptr->section) - { - int indx; - - if (asym_ptr->section->output_section != NULL) - indx = asym_ptr->section->output_section->index; - else - indx = asym_ptr->section->index; - if (elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]) - asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i; - } - - idx = asym_ptr->udata.i; - BFD_ASSERT (idx != 0); - -#if DEBUG & 4 - { - - fprintf (stderr, - "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n", - (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags, elf_symbol_flags (flags)); - fflush (stderr); - } -#endif - - return idx; -} - static long elf_slurp_symbol_table (abfd, symptrs, dynamic) bfd *abfd; @@ -2895,8 +902,9 @@ elf_slurp_symbol_table (abfd, symptrs, dynamic) #endif sym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd; - sym->symbol.name = elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, - i_sym.st_name); + sym->symbol.name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, + hdr->sh_link, + i_sym.st_name); sym->symbol.value = i_sym.st_value; @@ -3010,54 +1018,6 @@ error_return: return -1; } -/* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector. - - Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate - the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table - always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */ - -long -elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd) - bfd *abfd; -{ - long symcount; - long symtab_size; - Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; - - symcount = hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf_External_Sym); - symtab_size = (symcount - 1 + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *)); - - return symtab_size; -} - -long -elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (abfd) - bfd *abfd; -{ - long symcount; - long symtab_size; - Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr; - - if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); - return -1; - } - - symcount = hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf_External_Sym); - symtab_size = (symcount - 1 + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *)); - - return symtab_size; -} - -long -elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (abfd, asect) - bfd *abfd; - sec_ptr asect; -{ - return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *); -} - /* Read in and swap the external relocs. */ static boolean @@ -3286,3707 +1246,27 @@ elf_symbol_flags (flags) return buffer; } #endif - -/* Canonicalize the relocs. */ - -long -elf_canonicalize_reloc (abfd, section, relptr, symbols) - bfd *abfd; - sec_ptr section; - arelent **relptr; - asymbol **symbols; -{ - arelent *tblptr; - unsigned int i; - - if (! elf_slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols)) - return -1; - - tblptr = section->relocation; - for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++) - *relptr++ = tblptr++; - - *relptr = NULL; - - return section->reloc_count; -} - -long -elf_get_symtab (abfd, alocation) - bfd *abfd; - asymbol **alocation; -{ - long symcount = elf_slurp_symbol_table (abfd, alocation, false); - - if (symcount >= 0) - bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount; - return symcount; -} - -long -elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (abfd, alocation) - bfd *abfd; - asymbol **alocation; -{ - return elf_slurp_symbol_table (abfd, alocation, true); -} - -asymbol * -elf_make_empty_symbol (abfd) - bfd *abfd; -{ - elf_symbol_type *newsym; - - newsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (elf_symbol_type)); - if (!newsym) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); - return NULL; - } - else - { - newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd; - return &newsym->symbol; - } -} - -void -elf_get_symbol_info (ignore_abfd, symbol, ret) - bfd *ignore_abfd; - asymbol *symbol; - symbol_info *ret; -{ - bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret); -} - -alent * -elf_get_lineno (ignore_abfd, symbol) - bfd *ignore_abfd; - asymbol *symbol; -{ - fprintf (stderr, "elf_get_lineno unimplemented\n"); - fflush (stderr); - BFD_FAIL (); - return NULL; -} - -boolean -elf_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine) - bfd *abfd; - enum bfd_architecture arch; - unsigned long machine; -{ - /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this - isn't the generic backend, fail. */ - if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch - && arch != bfd_arch_unknown - && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown) - return false; - - return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine); -} - -boolean -elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, - section, - symbols, - offset, - filename_ptr, - functionname_ptr, - line_ptr) - bfd *abfd; - asection *section; - asymbol **symbols; - bfd_vma offset; - CONST char **filename_ptr; - CONST char **functionname_ptr; - unsigned int *line_ptr; -{ - return false; -} - -int -elf_sizeof_headers (abfd, reloc) - bfd *abfd; - boolean reloc; -{ - int ret; - - ret = sizeof (Elf_External_Ehdr); - if (! reloc) - ret += get_program_header_size (abfd, (Elf_Internal_Shdr **) NULL, 0, - (bfd_vma) 0); - return ret; -} - -boolean -elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset, count) - bfd *abfd; - sec_ptr section; - PTR location; - file_ptr offset; - bfd_size_type count; -{ - Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; - - if (! abfd->output_has_begun - && ! elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, - (struct bfd_link_info *) NULL)) - return false; - - hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr; - - if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset + offset, SEEK_SET) == -1) - return false; - if (bfd_write (location, 1, count, abfd) != count) - return false; - - return true; -} - -void -elf_no_info_to_howto (abfd, cache_ptr, dst) - bfd *abfd; - arelent *cache_ptr; - Elf_Internal_Rela *dst; -{ - fprintf (stderr, "elf RELA relocation support for target machine unimplemented\n"); - fflush (stderr); - BFD_FAIL (); -} - -void -elf_no_info_to_howto_rel (abfd, cache_ptr, dst) - bfd *abfd; - arelent *cache_ptr; - Elf_Internal_Rel *dst; -{ - fprintf (stderr, "elf REL relocation support for target machine unimplemented\n"); - fflush (stderr); - BFD_FAIL (); -} - -/* Core file support */ - -#ifdef HAVE_PROCFS /* Some core file support requires host /proc files */ -#include <sys/procfs.h> -#else -#define bfd_prstatus(abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos) true -#define bfd_fpregset(abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos) true -#define bfd_prpsinfo(abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos) true -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_PROCFS - -static boolean -bfd_prstatus (abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos) - bfd *abfd; - char *descdata; - int descsz; - long filepos; -{ - asection *newsect; - prstatus_t *status = (prstatus_t *) 0; - - if (descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t)) - { - newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".reg"); - if (newsect == NULL) - return false; - newsect->_raw_size = sizeof (status->pr_reg); - newsect->filepos = filepos + (long) &status->pr_reg; - newsect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; - newsect->alignment_power = 2; - if ((core_prstatus (abfd) = bfd_alloc (abfd, descsz)) != NULL) - { - memcpy (core_prstatus (abfd), descdata, descsz); - } - } - return true; -} - -/* Stash a copy of the prpsinfo structure away for future use. */ - -static boolean -bfd_prpsinfo (abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos) - bfd *abfd; - char *descdata; - int descsz; - long filepos; -{ - if (descsz == sizeof (prpsinfo_t)) - { - if ((core_prpsinfo (abfd) = bfd_alloc (abfd, descsz)) == NULL) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); - return false; - } - memcpy (core_prpsinfo (abfd), descdata, descsz); - } - return true; -} - -static boolean -bfd_fpregset (abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos) - bfd *abfd; - char *descdata; - int descsz; - long filepos; -{ - asection *newsect; - - newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".reg2"); - if (newsect == NULL) - return false; - newsect->_raw_size = descsz; - newsect->filepos = filepos; - newsect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; - newsect->alignment_power = 2; - return true; -} - -#endif /* HAVE_PROCFS */ - -/* Return a pointer to the args (including the command name) that were - seen by the program that generated the core dump. Note that for - some reason, a spurious space is tacked onto the end of the args - in some (at least one anyway) implementations, so strip it off if - it exists. */ - -char * -elf_core_file_failing_command (abfd) - bfd *abfd; -{ -#ifdef HAVE_PROCFS - if (core_prpsinfo (abfd)) - { - prpsinfo_t *p = core_prpsinfo (abfd); - char *scan = p->pr_psargs; - while (*scan++) - {; - } - scan -= 2; - if ((scan > p->pr_psargs) && (*scan == ' ')) - { - *scan = '\000'; - } - return p->pr_psargs; - } -#endif - return NULL; -} - -/* Return the number of the signal that caused the core dump. Presumably, - since we have a core file, we got a signal of some kind, so don't bother - checking the other process status fields, just return the signal number. - */ - -int -elf_core_file_failing_signal (abfd) - bfd *abfd; -{ -#ifdef HAVE_PROCFS - if (core_prstatus (abfd)) - { - return ((prstatus_t *) (core_prstatus (abfd)))->pr_cursig; - } -#endif - return -1; -} - -/* Check to see if the core file could reasonably be expected to have - come for the current executable file. Note that by default we return - true unless we find something that indicates that there might be a - problem. - */ - -boolean -elf_core_file_matches_executable_p (core_bfd, exec_bfd) - bfd *core_bfd; - bfd *exec_bfd; -{ -#ifdef HAVE_PROCFS - char *corename; - char *execname; -#endif - - /* First, xvecs must match since both are ELF files for the same target. */ - - if (core_bfd->xvec != exec_bfd->xvec) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_system_call); - return false; - } - -#ifdef HAVE_PROCFS - - /* If no prpsinfo, just return true. Otherwise, grab the last component - of the exec'd pathname from the prpsinfo. */ - - if (core_prpsinfo (core_bfd)) - { - corename = (((prpsinfo_t *) core_prpsinfo (core_bfd))->pr_fname); - } - else - { - return true; - } - - /* Find the last component of the executable pathname. */ - - if ((execname = strrchr (exec_bfd->filename, '/')) != NULL) - { - execname++; - } - else - { - execname = (char *) exec_bfd->filename; - } - - /* See if they match */ - - return strcmp (execname, corename) ? false : true; - -#else - - return true; - -#endif /* HAVE_PROCFS */ -} - -/* ELF core files contain a segment of type PT_NOTE, that holds much of - the information that would normally be available from the /proc interface - for the process, at the time the process dumped core. Currently this - includes copies of the prstatus, prpsinfo, and fpregset structures. - - Since these structures are potentially machine dependent in size and - ordering, bfd provides two levels of support for them. The first level, - available on all machines since it does not require that the host - have /proc support or the relevant include files, is to create a bfd - section for each of the prstatus, prpsinfo, and fpregset structures, - without any interpretation of their contents. With just this support, - the bfd client will have to interpret the structures itself. Even with - /proc support, it might want these full structures for it's own reasons. - - In the second level of support, where HAVE_PROCFS is defined, bfd will - pick apart the structures to gather some additional information that - clients may want, such as the general register set, the name of the - exec'ed file and its arguments, the signal (if any) that caused the - core dump, etc. - - */ - -static boolean -elf_corefile_note (abfd, hdr) - bfd *abfd; - Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr; -{ - Elf_External_Note *x_note_p; /* Elf note, external form */ - Elf_Internal_Note i_note; /* Elf note, internal form */ - char *buf = NULL; /* Entire note segment contents */ - char *namedata; /* Name portion of the note */ - char *descdata; /* Descriptor portion of the note */ - char *sectname; /* Name to use for new section */ - long filepos; /* File offset to descriptor data */ - asection *newsect; - - if (hdr->p_filesz > 0 - && (buf = (char *) malloc (hdr->p_filesz)) != NULL - && bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->p_offset, SEEK_SET) != -1 - && bfd_read ((PTR) buf, hdr->p_filesz, 1, abfd) == hdr->p_filesz) - { - x_note_p = (Elf_External_Note *) buf; - while ((char *) x_note_p < (buf + hdr->p_filesz)) - { - i_note.namesz = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) x_note_p->namesz); - i_note.descsz = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) x_note_p->descsz); - i_note.type = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) x_note_p->type); - namedata = x_note_p->name; - descdata = namedata + BFD_ALIGN (i_note.namesz, 4); - filepos = hdr->p_offset + (descdata - buf); - switch (i_note.type) - { - case NT_PRSTATUS: - /* process descdata as prstatus info */ - if (! bfd_prstatus (abfd, descdata, i_note.descsz, filepos)) - return false; - sectname = ".prstatus"; - break; - case NT_FPREGSET: - /* process descdata as fpregset info */ - if (! bfd_fpregset (abfd, descdata, i_note.descsz, filepos)) - return false; - sectname = ".fpregset"; - break; - case NT_PRPSINFO: - /* process descdata as prpsinfo */ - if (! bfd_prpsinfo (abfd, descdata, i_note.descsz, filepos)) - return false; - sectname = ".prpsinfo"; - break; - default: - /* Unknown descriptor, just ignore it. */ - sectname = NULL; - break; - } - if (sectname != NULL) - { - newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, sectname); - if (newsect == NULL) - return false; - newsect->_raw_size = i_note.descsz; - newsect->filepos = filepos; - newsect->flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; - newsect->alignment_power = 2; - } - x_note_p = (Elf_External_Note *) - (descdata + BFD_ALIGN (i_note.descsz, 4)); - } - } - if (buf != NULL) - { - free (buf); - } - else if (hdr->p_filesz > 0) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); - return false; - } - return true; - -} - -/* Core files are simply standard ELF formatted files that partition - the file using the execution view of the file (program header table) - rather than the linking view. In fact, there is no section header - table in a core file. - - The process status information (including the contents of the general - register set) and the floating point register set are stored in a - segment of type PT_NOTE. We handcraft a couple of extra bfd sections - that allow standard bfd access to the general registers (.reg) and the - floating point registers (.reg2). - - */ - -const bfd_target * -elf_core_file_p (abfd) - bfd *abfd; -{ - Elf_External_Ehdr x_ehdr; /* Elf file header, external form */ - Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */ - Elf_External_Phdr x_phdr; /* Program header table entry, external form */ - Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp; /* Program header table, internal form */ - unsigned int phindex; - struct elf_backend_data *ebd; - - /* Read in the ELF header in external format. */ - - if (bfd_read ((PTR) & x_ehdr, sizeof (x_ehdr), 1, abfd) != sizeof (x_ehdr)) - { - if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call) - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); - return NULL; - } - - /* Now check to see if we have a valid ELF file, and one that BFD can - make use of. The magic number must match, the address size ('class') - and byte-swapping must match our XVEC entry, and it must have a - program header table (FIXME: See comments re segments at top of this - file). */ - - if (elf_file_p (&x_ehdr) == false) - { - wrong: - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); - return NULL; - } - - /* FIXME, Check EI_VERSION here ! */ - - { -#if ARCH_SIZE == 32 - int desired_address_size = ELFCLASS32; -#endif -#if ARCH_SIZE == 64 - int desired_address_size = ELFCLASS64; -#endif - - if (x_ehdr.e_ident[EI_CLASS] != desired_address_size) - goto wrong; - } - - /* Switch xvec to match the specified byte order. */ - switch (x_ehdr.e_ident[EI_DATA]) - { - case ELFDATA2MSB: /* Big-endian */ - if (abfd->xvec->byteorder_big_p == false) - goto wrong; - break; - case ELFDATA2LSB: /* Little-endian */ - if (abfd->xvec->byteorder_big_p == true) - goto wrong; - break; - case ELFDATANONE: /* No data encoding specified */ - default: /* Unknown data encoding specified */ - goto wrong; - } - - /* Allocate an instance of the elf_obj_tdata structure and hook it up to - the tdata pointer in the bfd. */ - - elf_tdata (abfd) = - (struct elf_obj_tdata *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata)); - if (elf_tdata (abfd) == NULL) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); - return NULL; - } - - /* FIXME, `wrong' returns from this point onward, leak memory. */ - - /* Now that we know the byte order, swap in the rest of the header */ - i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); - elf_swap_ehdr_in (abfd, &x_ehdr, i_ehdrp); -#if DEBUG & 1 - elf_debug_file (i_ehdrp); -#endif - - ebd = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); - - /* Check that the ELF e_machine field matches what this particular - BFD format expects. */ - if (ebd->elf_machine_code != i_ehdrp->e_machine - && (ebd->elf_machine_alt1 == 0 || i_ehdrp->e_machine != ebd->elf_machine_alt1) - && (ebd->elf_machine_alt2 == 0 || i_ehdrp->e_machine != ebd->elf_machine_alt2)) - { - const bfd_target * const *target_ptr; - - if (ebd->elf_machine_code != EM_NONE) - goto wrong; - - /* This is the generic ELF target. Let it match any ELF target - for which we do not have a specific backend. */ - for (target_ptr = bfd_target_vector; *target_ptr != NULL; target_ptr++) - { - struct elf_backend_data *back; - - if ((*target_ptr)->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) - continue; - back = (struct elf_backend_data *) (*target_ptr)->backend_data; - if (back->elf_machine_code == i_ehdrp->e_machine) - { - /* target_ptr is an ELF backend which matches this - object file, so reject the generic ELF target. */ - goto wrong; - } - } - } - - /* If there is no program header, or the type is not a core file, then - we are hosed. */ - if (i_ehdrp->e_phoff == 0 || i_ehdrp->e_type != ET_CORE) - goto wrong; - - /* Allocate space for a copy of the program header table in - internal form, seek to the program header table in the file, - read it in, and convert it to internal form. As a simple sanity - check, verify that the what BFD thinks is the size of each program - header table entry actually matches the size recorded in the file. */ - - if (i_ehdrp->e_phentsize != sizeof (x_phdr)) - goto wrong; - i_phdrp = (Elf_Internal_Phdr *) - bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*i_phdrp) * i_ehdrp->e_phnum); - if (!i_phdrp) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); - return NULL; - } - if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_ehdrp->e_phoff, SEEK_SET) == -1) - return NULL; - for (phindex = 0; phindex < i_ehdrp->e_phnum; phindex++) - { - if (bfd_read ((PTR) & x_phdr, sizeof (x_phdr), 1, abfd) - != sizeof (x_phdr)) - return NULL; - elf_swap_phdr_in (abfd, &x_phdr, i_phdrp + phindex); - } - - /* Once all of the program headers have been read and converted, we - can start processing them. */ - - for (phindex = 0; phindex < i_ehdrp->e_phnum; phindex++) - { - bfd_section_from_phdr (abfd, i_phdrp + phindex, phindex); - if ((i_phdrp + phindex)->p_type == PT_NOTE) - { - if (! elf_corefile_note (abfd, i_phdrp + phindex)) - return NULL; - } - } - - /* Remember the entry point specified in the ELF file header. */ - - bfd_get_start_address (abfd) = i_ehdrp->e_entry; - - return abfd->xvec; -} - -/* ELF linker code. */ - -static boolean elf_link_add_object_symbols - PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *)); -static boolean elf_link_add_archive_symbols - PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *)); -static Elf_Internal_Rela *elf_link_read_relocs - PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR, Elf_Internal_Rela *, boolean)); -static boolean elf_export_symbol - PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR)); -static boolean elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol - PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR)); - -/* This struct is used to pass information to routines called via - elf_link_hash_traverse which must return failure. */ - -struct elf_info_failed -{ - boolean failed; - struct bfd_link_info *info; -}; - -/* Given an ELF BFD, add symbols to the global hash table as - appropriate. */ - -boolean -elf_bfd_link_add_symbols (abfd, info) - bfd *abfd; - struct bfd_link_info *info; -{ - bfd *first; - - switch (bfd_get_format (abfd)) - { - case bfd_object: - return elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd, info); - case bfd_archive: - first = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (abfd, (bfd *) NULL); - if (first == NULL) - { - /* It's OK to have an empty archive. */ - return true; - } - if (! bfd_check_format (first, bfd_object)) - return false; - if (bfd_get_flavour (first) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) - { - /* On Linux, we may have an a.out archive which got - recognized as an ELF archive. Therefore, we treat all - archives as though they were actually of the flavour of - their first element. */ - return (*first->xvec->_bfd_link_add_symbols) (abfd, info); - } - return elf_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd, info); - default: - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); - return false; - } -} - -/* Add symbols from an ELF archive file to the linker hash table. We - don't use _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols because of a - problem which arises on UnixWare. The UnixWare libc.so is an - archive which includes an entry libc.so.1 which defines a bunch of - symbols. The libc.so archive also includes a number of other - object files, which also define symbols, some of which are the same - as those defined in libc.so.1. Correct linking requires that we - consider each object file in turn, and include it if it defines any - symbols we need. _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols does not do - this; it looks through the list of undefined symbols, and includes - any object file which defines them. When this algorithm is used on - UnixWare, it winds up pulling in libc.so.1 early and defining a - bunch of symbols. This means that some of the other objects in the - archive are not included in the link, which is incorrect since they - precede libc.so.1 in the archive. - - Fortunately, ELF archive handling is simpler than that done by - _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols, which has to allow for a.out - oddities. In ELF, if we find a symbol in the archive map, and the - symbol is currently undefined, we know that we must pull in that - object file. - - Unfortunately, we do have to make multiple passes over the symbol - table until nothing further is resolved. */ - -static boolean -elf_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd, info) - bfd *abfd; - struct bfd_link_info *info; -{ - symindex c; - boolean *defined = NULL; - boolean *included = NULL; - carsym *symdefs; - boolean loop; - - if (! bfd_has_map (abfd)) - { - /* An empty archive is a special case. */ - if (bfd_openr_next_archived_file (abfd, (bfd *) NULL) == NULL) - return true; - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_armap); - return false; - } - - /* Keep track of all symbols we know to be already defined, and all - files we know to be already included. This is to speed up the - second and subsequent passes. */ - c = bfd_ardata (abfd)->symdef_count; - if (c == 0) - return true; - defined = (boolean *) malloc (c * sizeof (boolean)); - included = (boolean *) malloc (c * sizeof (boolean)); - if (defined == (boolean *) NULL || included == (boolean *) NULL) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); - goto error_return; - } - memset (defined, 0, c * sizeof (boolean)); - memset (included, 0, c * sizeof (boolean)); - - symdefs = bfd_ardata (abfd)->symdefs; - - do - { - file_ptr last; - symindex i; - carsym *symdef; - carsym *symdefend; - - loop = false; - last = -1; - - symdef = symdefs; - symdefend = symdef + c; - for (i = 0; symdef < symdefend; symdef++, i++) - { - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; - bfd *element; - struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs_tail; - symindex mark; - - if (defined[i] || included[i]) - continue; - if (symdef->file_offset == last) - { - included[i] = true; - continue; - } - - h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), symdef->name, - false, false, false); - if (h == (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) NULL) - continue; - if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined) - { - defined[i] = true; - continue; - } - - /* We need to include this archive member. */ - - element = _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd, symdef->file_offset); - if (element == (bfd *) NULL) - goto error_return; - - if (! bfd_check_format (element, bfd_object)) - goto error_return; - - /* Doublecheck that we have not included this object - already--it should be impossible, but there may be - something wrong with the archive. */ - if (element->archive_pass != 0) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); - goto error_return; - } - element->archive_pass = 1; - - undefs_tail = info->hash->undefs_tail; - - if (! (*info->callbacks->add_archive_element) (info, element, - symdef->name)) - goto error_return; - if (! elf_link_add_object_symbols (element, info)) - goto error_return; - - /* If there are any new undefined symbols, we need to make - another pass through the archive in order to see whether - they can be defined. FIXME: This isn't perfect, because - common symbols wind up on undefs_tail and because an - undefined symbol which is defined later on in this pass - does not require another pass. This isn't a bug, but it - does make the code less efficient than it could be. */ - if (undefs_tail != info->hash->undefs_tail) - loop = true; - - /* Look backward to mark all symbols from this object file - which we have already seen in this pass. */ - mark = i; - do - { - included[mark] = true; - if (mark == 0) - break; - --mark; - } - while (symdefs[mark].file_offset == symdef->file_offset); - - /* We mark subsequent symbols from this object file as we go - on through the loop. */ - last = symdef->file_offset; - } - } - while (loop); - - free (defined); - free (included); - - return true; - - error_return: - if (defined != (boolean *) NULL) - free (defined); - if (included != (boolean *) NULL) - free (included); - return false; -} - -/* Record a new dynamic symbol. We record the dynamic symbols as we - read the input files, since we need to have a list of all of them - before we can determine the final sizes of the output sections. - Note that we may actually call this function even though we are not - going to output any dynamic symbols; in some cases we know that a - symbol should be in the dynamic symbol table, but only if there is - one. */ - -boolean -elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h) - struct bfd_link_info *info; - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; -{ - if (h->dynindx == -1) - { - struct bfd_strtab_hash *dynstr; - - h->dynindx = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount; - ++elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount; - - dynstr = elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr; - if (dynstr == NULL) - { - /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */ - elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr = dynstr = elf_stringtab_init (); - if (dynstr == NULL) - return false; - } - - h->dynstr_index = ((unsigned long) - _bfd_stringtab_add (dynstr, h->root.root.string, - true, false)); - if (h->dynstr_index == (unsigned long) -1) - return false; - } - - return true; -} - -/* Add symbols from an ELF object file to the linker hash table. */ - -static boolean -elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd, info) - bfd *abfd; - struct bfd_link_info *info; -{ - boolean (*add_symbol_hook) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, - const Elf_Internal_Sym *, - const char **, flagword *, - asection **, bfd_vma *)); - boolean (*check_relocs) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, - asection *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *)); - boolean collect; - Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; - size_t symcount; - size_t extsymcount; - size_t extsymoff; - Elf_External_Sym *buf = NULL; - struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hash; - boolean dynamic; - Elf_External_Dyn *dynbuf = NULL; - struct elf_link_hash_entry *weaks; - Elf_External_Sym *esym; - Elf_External_Sym *esymend; - - add_symbol_hook = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_add_symbol_hook; - collect = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect; - - /* A stripped shared library might only have a dynamic symbol table, - not a regular symbol table. In that case we can still go ahead - and link using the dynamic symbol table. */ - if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 - && elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0) - { - elf_onesymtab (abfd) = elf_dynsymtab (abfd); - elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr; - } - - hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; - symcount = hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf_External_Sym); - - /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the - external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at - this point. */ - if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) - { - extsymcount = symcount; - extsymoff = 0; - } - else - { - extsymcount = symcount - hdr->sh_info; - extsymoff = hdr->sh_info; - } - - buf = (Elf_External_Sym *) malloc (extsymcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym)); - if (buf == NULL && extsymcount != 0) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); - goto error_return; - } - - /* We store a pointer to the hash table entry for each external - symbol. */ - sym_hash = ((struct elf_link_hash_entry **) - bfd_alloc (abfd, - extsymcount * sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry *))); - if (sym_hash == NULL) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); - goto error_return; - } - elf_sym_hashes (abfd) = sym_hash; - - if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type != ET_DYN) - { - dynamic = false; - - /* If we are creating a shared library, create all the dynamic - sections immediately. We need to attach them to something, - so we attach them to this BFD, provided it is the right - format. FIXME: If there are no input BFD's of the same - format as the output, we can't make a shared library. */ - if (info->shared - && ! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created - && abfd->xvec == info->hash->creator) - { - if (! elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info)) - goto error_return; - } - } - else - { - asection *s; - boolean add_needed; - const char *name; - bfd_size_type oldsize; - bfd_size_type strindex; - - dynamic = true; - - /* You can't use -r against a dynamic object. Also, there's no - hope of using a dynamic object which does not exactly match - the format of the output file. */ - if (info->relocateable - || info->hash->creator != abfd->xvec) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); - goto error_return; - } - - /* Find the name to use in a DT_NEEDED entry that refers to this - object. If the object has a DT_SONAME entry, we use it. - Otherwise, if the generic linker stuck something in - elf_dt_needed_name, we use that. Otherwise, we just use the - file name. If the generic linker put a null string into - elf_dt_needed_name, we don't make a DT_NEEDED entry at all, - even if there is a DT_SONAME entry. */ - add_needed = true; - name = bfd_get_filename (abfd); - if (elf_dt_needed_name (abfd) != NULL) - { - name = elf_dt_needed_name (abfd); - if (*name == '\0') - add_needed = false; - } - s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); - if (s != NULL) - { - Elf_External_Dyn *extdyn; - Elf_External_Dyn *extdynend; - int elfsec; - unsigned long link; - - dynbuf = (Elf_External_Dyn *) malloc (s->_raw_size); - if (dynbuf == NULL) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); - goto error_return; - } - - if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, s, (PTR) dynbuf, - (file_ptr) 0, s->_raw_size)) - goto error_return; - - elfsec = elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s); - if (elfsec == -1) - goto error_return; - link = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link; - - extdyn = dynbuf; - extdynend = extdyn + s->_raw_size / sizeof (Elf_External_Dyn); - for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn++) - { - Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; - - elf_swap_dyn_in (abfd, extdyn, &dyn); - if (add_needed && dyn.d_tag == DT_SONAME) - { - name = elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, link, - dyn.d_un.d_val); - if (name == NULL) - goto error_return; - } - if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NEEDED) - { - struct bfd_elf_link_needed_list *n, **pn; - char *fnm, *anm; - - n = bfd_alloc (abfd, - sizeof (struct bfd_elf_link_needed_list)); - fnm = elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, link, - dyn.d_un.d_val); - if (n == NULL || fnm == NULL) - goto error_return; - anm = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (fnm) + 1); - if (anm == NULL) - goto error_return; - strcpy (anm, fnm); - n->name = anm; - n->by = abfd; - n->next = NULL; - for (pn = &elf_hash_table (info)->needed; - *pn != NULL; - pn = &(*pn)->next) - ; - *pn = n; - } - } - - free (dynbuf); - dynbuf = NULL; - } - - /* We do not want to include any of the sections in a dynamic - object in the output file. We hack by simply clobbering the - list of sections in the BFD. This could be handled more - cleanly by, say, a new section flag; the existing - SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag is not the one we want, because that one - still implies that the section takes up space in the output - file. */ - abfd->sections = NULL; - - /* If this is the first dynamic object found in the link, create - the special sections required for dynamic linking. */ - if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) - { - if (! elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info)) - goto error_return; - } - - if (add_needed) - { - /* Add a DT_NEEDED entry for this dynamic object. */ - oldsize = _bfd_stringtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr); - strindex = _bfd_stringtab_add (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr, name, - true, false); - if (strindex == (bfd_size_type) -1) - goto error_return; - - if (oldsize == _bfd_stringtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr)) - { - asection *sdyn; - Elf_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend; - - /* The hash table size did not change, which means that - the dynamic object name was already entered. If we - have already included this dynamic object in the - link, just ignore it. There is no reason to include - a particular dynamic object more than once. */ - sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, - ".dynamic"); - BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL); - - dyncon = (Elf_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents; - dynconend = (Elf_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + - sdyn->_raw_size); - for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++) - { - Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; - - elf_swap_dyn_in (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, dyncon, - &dyn); - if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NEEDED - && dyn.d_un.d_val == strindex) - { - if (buf != NULL) - free (buf); - return true; - } - } - } - - if (! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_NEEDED, strindex)) - goto error_return; - } - } - - if (bfd_seek (abfd, - hdr->sh_offset + extsymoff * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym), - SEEK_SET) != 0 - || (bfd_read ((PTR) buf, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym), extsymcount, abfd) - != extsymcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym))) - goto error_return; - - weaks = NULL; - - esymend = buf + extsymcount; - for (esym = buf; esym < esymend; esym++, sym_hash++) - { - Elf_Internal_Sym sym; - int bind; - bfd_vma value; - asection *sec; - flagword flags; - const char *name; - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL; - boolean definition; - - elf_swap_symbol_in (abfd, esym, &sym); - - flags = BSF_NO_FLAGS; - sec = NULL; - value = sym.st_value; - *sym_hash = NULL; - - bind = ELF_ST_BIND (sym.st_info); - if (bind == STB_LOCAL) - { - /* This should be impossible, since ELF requires that all - global symbols follow all local symbols, and that sh_info - point to the first global symbol. Unfortunatealy, Irix 5 - screws this up. */ - continue; - } - else if (bind == STB_GLOBAL) - { - if (sym.st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF - && sym.st_shndx != SHN_COMMON) - flags = BSF_GLOBAL; - else - flags = 0; - } - else if (bind == STB_WEAK) - flags = BSF_WEAK; - else - { - /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */ - } - - if (sym.st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF) - sec = bfd_und_section_ptr; - else if (sym.st_shndx > 0 && sym.st_shndx < SHN_LORESERVE) - { - sec = section_from_elf_index (abfd, sym.st_shndx); - if (sec != NULL) - value -= sec->vma; - else - sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr; - } - else if (sym.st_shndx == SHN_ABS) - sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr; - else if (sym.st_shndx == SHN_COMMON) - { - sec = bfd_com_section_ptr; - /* What ELF calls the size we call the value. What ELF - calls the value we call the alignment. */ - value = sym.st_size; - } - else - { - /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */ - } - - name = elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, sym.st_name); - if (name == (const char *) NULL) - goto error_return; - - if (add_symbol_hook) - { - if (! (*add_symbol_hook) (abfd, info, &sym, &name, &flags, &sec, - &value)) - goto error_return; - - /* The hook function sets the name to NULL if this symbol - should be skipped for some reason. */ - if (name == (const char *) NULL) - continue; - } - - /* Sanity check that all possibilities were handled. */ - if (sec == (asection *) NULL) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); - goto error_return; - } - - if (bfd_is_und_section (sec) - || bfd_is_com_section (sec)) - definition = false; - else - definition = true; - - if (info->hash->creator->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour) - { - /* We need to look up the symbol now in order to get some of - the dynamic object handling right. We pass the hash - table entry in to _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol so - that it does not have to look it up again. */ - h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), name, - true, false, false); - if (h == NULL) - goto error_return; - *sym_hash = h; - - /* If we are looking at a dynamic object, and this is a - definition, we need to see if it has already been defined - by some other object. If it has, we want to use the - existing definition, and we do not want to report a - multiple symbol definition error; we do this by - clobbering sec to be bfd_und_section_ptr. */ - if (dynamic && definition) - { - if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined - || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) - sec = bfd_und_section_ptr; - } - - /* Similarly, if we are not looking at a dynamic object, and - we have a definition, we want to override any definition - we may have from a dynamic object. Symbols from regular - files always take precedence over symbols from dynamic - objects, even if they are defined after the dynamic - object in the link. */ - if (! dynamic - && definition - && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined - || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) - && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0 - && (bfd_get_flavour (h->root.u.def.section->owner) - == bfd_target_elf_flavour) - && (elf_elfheader (h->root.u.def.section->owner)->e_type - == ET_DYN)) - { - /* Change the hash table entry to undefined, and let - _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the right thing - with the new definition. */ - h->root.type = bfd_link_hash_undefined; - h->root.u.undef.abfd = h->root.u.def.section->owner; - } - } - - if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol - (info, abfd, name, flags, sec, value, (const char *) NULL, - false, collect, (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) sym_hash))) - goto error_return; - - if (dynamic - && definition - && (flags & BSF_WEAK) != 0 - && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym.st_info) != STT_FUNC - && info->hash->creator->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour - && (*sym_hash)->weakdef == NULL) - { - /* Keep a list of all weak defined non function symbols from - a dynamic object, using the weakdef field. Later in this - function we will set the weakdef field to the correct - value. We only put non-function symbols from dynamic - objects on this list, because that happens to be the only - time we need to know the normal symbol corresponding to a - weak symbol, and the information is time consuming to - figure out. If the weakdef field is not already NULL, - then this symbol was already defined by some previous - dynamic object, and we will be using that previous - definition anyhow. */ - - (*sym_hash)->weakdef = weaks; - weaks = *sym_hash; - } - - /* Get the alignment of a common symbol. */ - if (sym.st_shndx == SHN_COMMON - && (*sym_hash)->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common) - (*sym_hash)->root.u.c.p->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (sym.st_value); - - if (info->hash->creator->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour) - { - int old_flags; - boolean dynsym; - int new_flag; - - /* Remember the symbol size and type. */ - if (sym.st_size != 0) - { - /* FIXME: We should probably somehow give a warning if - the symbol size changes. */ - h->size = sym.st_size; - } - if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym.st_info) != STT_NOTYPE) - { - /* FIXME: We should probably somehow give a warning if - the symbol type changes. */ - h->type = ELF_ST_TYPE (sym.st_info); - } - - /* Set a flag in the hash table entry indicating the type of - reference or definition we just found. Keep a count of - the number of dynamic symbols we find. A dynamic symbol - is one which is referenced or defined by both a regular - object and a shared object, or one which is referenced or - defined by more than one shared object. */ - old_flags = h->elf_link_hash_flags; - dynsym = false; - if (! dynamic) - { - if (! definition) - new_flag = ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR; - else - new_flag = ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR; - if (info->shared - || (old_flags & (ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC - | ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC)) != 0) - dynsym = true; - } - else - { - if (! definition) - new_flag = ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC; - else - new_flag = ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC; - if ((old_flags & new_flag) != 0 - || (old_flags & (ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR - | ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR)) != 0) - dynsym = true; - } - - h->elf_link_hash_flags |= new_flag; - if (dynsym && h->dynindx == -1) - { - if (! elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) - goto error_return; - } - } - } - - /* Now set the weakdefs field correctly for all the weak defined - symbols we found. The only way to do this is to search all the - symbols. Since we only need the information for non functions in - dynamic objects, that's the only time we actually put anything on - the list WEAKS. We need this information so that if a regular - object refers to a symbol defined weakly in a dynamic object, the - real symbol in the dynamic object is also put in the dynamic - symbols; we also must arrange for both symbols to point to the - same memory location. We could handle the general case of symbol - aliasing, but a general symbol alias can only be generated in - assembler code, handling it correctly would be very time - consuming, and other ELF linkers don't handle general aliasing - either. */ - while (weaks != NULL) - { - struct elf_link_hash_entry *hlook; - asection *slook; - bfd_vma vlook; - struct elf_link_hash_entry **hpp; - struct elf_link_hash_entry **hppend; - - hlook = weaks; - weaks = hlook->weakdef; - hlook->weakdef = NULL; - - BFD_ASSERT (hlook->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined - || hlook->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak - || hlook->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common - || hlook->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect); - slook = hlook->root.u.def.section; - vlook = hlook->root.u.def.value; - - hpp = elf_sym_hashes (abfd); - hppend = hpp + extsymcount; - for (; hpp < hppend; hpp++) - { - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; - - h = *hpp; - if (h != NULL && h != hlook - && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined - || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) - && h->root.u.def.section == slook - && h->root.u.def.value == vlook) - { - hlook->weakdef = h; - - /* If the weak definition is in the list of dynamic - symbols, make sure the real definition is put there - as well. */ - if (hlook->dynindx != -1 - && h->dynindx == -1) - { - if (! elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) - goto error_return; - } - - break; - } - } - } - - if (buf != NULL) - { - free (buf); - buf = NULL; - } - - /* If this object is the same format as the output object, and it is - not a shared library, then let the backend look through the - relocs. - - This is required to build global offset table entries and to - arrange for dynamic relocs. It is not required for the - particular common case of linking non PIC code, even when linking - against shared libraries, but unfortunately there is no way of - knowing whether an object file has been compiled PIC or not. - Looking through the relocs is not particularly time consuming. - The problem is that we must either (1) keep the relocs in memory, - which causes the linker to require additional runtime memory or - (2) read the relocs twice from the input file, which wastes time. - This would be a good case for using mmap. - - I have no idea how to handle linking PIC code into a file of a - different format. It probably can't be done. */ - check_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->check_relocs; - if (! dynamic - && abfd->xvec == info->hash->creator - && check_relocs != NULL) - { - asection *o; - - for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) - { - Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs; - boolean ok; - - if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0 - || o->reloc_count == 0) - continue; - - /* I believe we can ignore the relocs for any section which - does not form part of the final process image, such as a - debugging section. */ - if ((o->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0) - continue; - - internal_relocs = elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, (PTR) NULL, - (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, - info->keep_memory); - if (internal_relocs == NULL) - goto error_return; - - ok = (*check_relocs) (abfd, info, o, internal_relocs); - - if (! info->keep_memory) - free (internal_relocs); - - if (! ok) - goto error_return; - } - } - - return true; - - error_return: - if (buf != NULL) - free (buf); - if (dynbuf != NULL) - free (dynbuf); - return false; -} - -/* Create some sections which will be filled in with dynamic linking - information. ABFD is an input file which requires dynamic sections - to be created. The dynamic sections take up virtual memory space - when the final executable is run, so we need to create them before - addresses are assigned to the output sections. We work out the - actual contents and size of these sections later. */ - -boolean -elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info) - bfd *abfd; - struct bfd_link_info *info; -{ - flagword flags; - register asection *s; - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; - struct elf_backend_data *bed; - - if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) - return true; - - /* Make sure that all dynamic sections use the same input BFD. */ - if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj == NULL) - elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = abfd; - else - abfd = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; - - /* Note that we set the SEC_IN_MEMORY flag for all of these - sections. */ - flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY; - - /* A dynamically linked executable has a .interp section, but a - shared library does not. */ - if (! info->shared) - { - s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".interp"); - if (s == NULL - || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_READONLY)) - return false; - } - - s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".dynsym"); - if (s == NULL - || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_READONLY) - || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, LOG_FILE_ALIGN)) - return false; - - s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".dynstr"); - if (s == NULL - || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_READONLY)) - return false; - - /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */ - if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr == NULL) - { - elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr = elf_stringtab_init (); - if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr == NULL) - return false; - } - - s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".dynamic"); - if (s == NULL - || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags) - || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, LOG_FILE_ALIGN)) - return false; - - /* The special symbol _DYNAMIC is always set to the start of the - .dynamic section. This call occurs before we have processed the - symbols for any dynamic object, so we don't have to worry about - overriding a dynamic definition. We could set _DYNAMIC in a - linker script, but we only want to define it if we are, in fact, - creating a .dynamic section. We don't want to define it if there - is no .dynamic section, since on some ELF platforms the start up - code examines it to decide how to initialize the process. */ - h = NULL; - if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol - (info, abfd, "_DYNAMIC", BSF_GLOBAL, s, (bfd_vma) 0, - (const char *) NULL, false, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, - (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) &h))) - return false; - h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR; - h->type = STT_OBJECT; - - if (info->shared - && ! elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) - return false; - - s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".hash"); - if (s == NULL - || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_READONLY) - || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, LOG_FILE_ALIGN)) - return false; - - /* Let the backend create the rest of the sections. This lets the - backend set the right flags. The backend will normally create - the .got and .plt sections. */ - bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); - if (! (*bed->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections) (abfd, info)) - return false; - - elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created = true; - - return true; -} - -/* Add an entry to the .dynamic table. */ - -boolean -elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val) - struct bfd_link_info *info; - bfd_vma tag; - bfd_vma val; -{ - Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; - bfd *dynobj; - asection *s; - size_t newsize; - bfd_byte *newcontents; - - dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; - - s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic"); - BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); - - newsize = s->_raw_size + sizeof (Elf_External_Dyn); - if (s->contents == NULL) - newcontents = (bfd_byte *) malloc (newsize); - else - newcontents = (bfd_byte *) realloc (s->contents, newsize); - if (newcontents == NULL) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); - return false; - } - - dyn.d_tag = tag; - dyn.d_un.d_val = val; - elf_swap_dyn_out (dynobj, &dyn, - (Elf_External_Dyn *) (newcontents + s->_raw_size)); - - s->_raw_size = newsize; - s->contents = newcontents; - - return true; -} - -/* Read and swap the relocs for a section. They may have been cached. - If the EXTERNAL_RELOCS and INTERNAL_RELOCS arguments are not NULL, - they are used as buffers to read into. They are known to be large - enough. If the INTERNAL_RELOCS relocs argument is NULL, the return - value is allocated using either malloc or bfd_alloc, according to - the KEEP_MEMORY argument. */ - -static Elf_Internal_Rela * -elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, external_relocs, internal_relocs, keep_memory) - bfd *abfd; - asection *o; - PTR external_relocs; - Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs; - boolean keep_memory; -{ - Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; - PTR alloc1 = NULL; - Elf_Internal_Rela *alloc2 = NULL; - - if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != NULL) - return elf_section_data (o)->relocs; - - if (o->reloc_count == 0) - return NULL; - - rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (o)->rel_hdr; - - if (internal_relocs == NULL) - { - size_t size; - - size = o->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela); - if (keep_memory) - internal_relocs = (Elf_Internal_Rela *) bfd_alloc (abfd, size); - else - internal_relocs = alloc2 = (Elf_Internal_Rela *) malloc (size); - if (internal_relocs == NULL) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); - goto error_return; - } - } - - if (external_relocs == NULL) - { - alloc1 = (PTR) malloc (rel_hdr->sh_size); - if (alloc1 == NULL) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); - goto error_return; - } - external_relocs = alloc1; - } - - if ((bfd_seek (abfd, rel_hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0) - || (bfd_read (external_relocs, 1, rel_hdr->sh_size, abfd) - != rel_hdr->sh_size)) - goto error_return; - - /* Swap in the relocs. For convenience, we always produce an - Elf_Internal_Rela array; if the relocs are Rel, we set the addend - to 0. */ - if (rel_hdr->sh_entsize == sizeof (Elf_External_Rel)) - { - Elf_External_Rel *erel; - Elf_External_Rel *erelend; - Elf_Internal_Rela *irela; - - erel = (Elf_External_Rel *) external_relocs; - erelend = erel + o->reloc_count; - irela = internal_relocs; - for (; erel < erelend; erel++, irela++) - { - Elf_Internal_Rel irel; - - elf_swap_reloc_in (abfd, erel, &irel); - irela->r_offset = irel.r_offset; - irela->r_info = irel.r_info; - irela->r_addend = 0; - } - } - else - { - Elf_External_Rela *erela; - Elf_External_Rela *erelaend; - Elf_Internal_Rela *irela; - - BFD_ASSERT (rel_hdr->sh_entsize == sizeof (Elf_External_Rela)); - - erela = (Elf_External_Rela *) external_relocs; - erelaend = erela + o->reloc_count; - irela = internal_relocs; - for (; erela < erelaend; erela++, irela++) - elf_swap_reloca_in (abfd, erela, irela); - } - - /* Cache the results for next time, if we can. */ - if (keep_memory) - elf_section_data (o)->relocs = internal_relocs; - - if (alloc1 != NULL) - free (alloc1); - - /* Don't free alloc2, since if it was allocated we are passing it - back (under the name of internal_relocs). */ - - return internal_relocs; - - error_return: - if (alloc1 != NULL) - free (alloc1); - if (alloc2 != NULL) - free (alloc2); - return NULL; -} - -/* Record an assignment to a symbol made by a linker script. We need - this in case some dynamic object refers to this symbol. */ - -/*ARGSUSED*/ -boolean -NAME(bfd_elf,record_link_assignment) (output_bfd, info, name, provide) - bfd *output_bfd; - struct bfd_link_info *info; - const char *name; - boolean provide; -{ - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; - - if (info->hash->creator->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) - return true; - - h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), name, true, true, false); - if (h == NULL) - return false; - - /* If this symbol is being provided by the linker script, and it is - currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular - object, then mark it as undefined so that the generic linker will - force the correct value. */ - if (provide - && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0 - && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0) - h->root.type = bfd_link_hash_undefined; - - h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR; - h->type = STT_OBJECT; - - if (((h->elf_link_hash_flags & (ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC - | ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC)) != 0 - || info->shared) - && h->dynindx == -1) - { - if (! elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) - return false; - - /* If this is a weak defined symbol, and we know a corresponding - real symbol from the same dynamic object, make sure the real - symbol is also made into a dynamic symbol. */ - if (h->weakdef != NULL - && h->weakdef->dynindx == -1) - { - if (! elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h->weakdef)) - return false; - } - } - - return true; -} - -/* Array used to determine the number of hash table buckets to use - based on the number of symbols there are. If there are fewer than - 3 symbols we use 1 bucket, fewer than 17 symbols we use 3 buckets, - fewer than 37 we use 17 buckets, and so forth. We never use more - than 521 buckets. */ - -static const size_t elf_buckets[] = -{ - 1, 3, 17, 37, 67, 97, 131, 197, 263, 521, 0 -}; - -/* Set up the sizes and contents of the ELF dynamic sections. This is - called by the ELF linker emulation before_allocation routine. We - must set the sizes of the sections before the linker sets the - addresses of the various sections. */ - -boolean -NAME(bfd_elf,size_dynamic_sections) (output_bfd, soname, rpath, - export_dynamic, info, sinterpptr) - bfd *output_bfd; - const char *soname; - const char *rpath; - boolean export_dynamic; - struct bfd_link_info *info; - asection **sinterpptr; -{ - bfd *dynobj; - struct elf_backend_data *bed; - - *sinterpptr = NULL; - - if (info->hash->creator->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) - return true; - - dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; - - /* If there were no dynamic objects in the link, there is nothing to - do here. */ - if (dynobj == NULL) - return true; - - /* If we are supposed to export all symbols into the dynamic symbol - table (this is not the normal case), then do so. */ - if (export_dynamic) - { - struct elf_info_failed eif; - - eif.failed = false; - eif.info = info; - elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), elf_export_symbol, - (PTR) &eif); - if (eif.failed) - return false; - } - - if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) - { - struct elf_info_failed eif; - bfd_size_type strsize; - - *sinterpptr = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp"); - BFD_ASSERT (*sinterpptr != NULL || info->shared); - - if (soname != NULL) - { - bfd_size_type indx; - - indx = _bfd_stringtab_add (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr, soname, - true, true); - if (indx == (bfd_size_type) -1 - || ! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_SONAME, indx)) - return false; - } - - if (rpath != NULL) - { - bfd_size_type indx; - - indx = _bfd_stringtab_add (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr, rpath, - true, true); - if (indx == (bfd_size_type) -1 - || ! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_RPATH, indx)) - return false; - } - - /* Find all symbols which were defined in a dynamic object and make - the backend pick a reasonable value for them. */ - eif.failed = false; - eif.info = info; - elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), - elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, - (PTR) &eif); - if (eif.failed) - return false; - - /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in some of the - values later, in elf_bfd_final_link, but we must add the entries - now so that we know the final size of the .dynamic section. */ - if (elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), "_init", false, - false, false) != NULL) - { - if (! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_INIT, 0)) - return false; - } - if (elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), "_fini", false, - false, false) != NULL) - { - if (! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_FINI, 0)) - return false; - } - strsize = _bfd_stringtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr); - if (! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_HASH, 0) - || ! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_STRTAB, 0) - || ! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_SYMTAB, 0) - || ! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_STRSZ, strsize) - || ! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_SYMENT, - sizeof (Elf_External_Sym))) - return false; - } - - /* The backend must work out the sizes of all the other dynamic - sections. */ - bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd); - if (! (*bed->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections) (output_bfd, info)) - return false; - - if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) - { - size_t dynsymcount; - asection *s; - size_t i; - size_t bucketcount; - Elf_Internal_Sym isym; - - /* Set the size of the .dynsym and .hash sections. We counted - the number of dynamic symbols in elf_link_add_object_symbols. - We will build the contents of .dynsym and .hash when we build - the final symbol table, because until then we do not know the - correct value to give the symbols. We built the .dynstr - section as we went along in elf_link_add_object_symbols. */ - dynsymcount = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount; - s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynsym"); - BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); - s->_raw_size = dynsymcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym); - s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd, s->_raw_size); - if (s->contents == NULL && s->_raw_size != 0) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); - return false; - } - - /* The first entry in .dynsym is a dummy symbol. */ - isym.st_value = 0; - isym.st_size = 0; - isym.st_name = 0; - isym.st_info = 0; - isym.st_other = 0; - isym.st_shndx = 0; - elf_swap_symbol_out (output_bfd, &isym, - (Elf_External_Sym *) s->contents); - - for (i = 0; elf_buckets[i] != 0; i++) - { - bucketcount = elf_buckets[i]; - if (dynsymcount < elf_buckets[i + 1]) - break; - } - - s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".hash"); - BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); - s->_raw_size = (2 + bucketcount + dynsymcount) * (ARCH_SIZE / 8); - s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd, s->_raw_size); - if (s->contents == NULL) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); - return false; - } - memset (s->contents, 0, s->_raw_size); - - put_word (output_bfd, bucketcount, s->contents); - put_word (output_bfd, dynsymcount, s->contents + (ARCH_SIZE / 8)); - - elf_hash_table (info)->bucketcount = bucketcount; - - s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynstr"); - BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); - s->_raw_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr); - - if (! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_NULL, 0)) - return false; - } - - return true; -} - -/* This routine is used to export all defined symbols into the dynamic - symbol table. It is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */ - -static boolean -elf_export_symbol (h, data) - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; - PTR data; -{ - struct elf_info_failed *eif = (struct elf_info_failed *) data; - - if (h->dynindx == -1 - && (h->elf_link_hash_flags - & (ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR | ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR)) != 0) - { - if (! elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif->info, h)) - { - eif->failed = true; - return false; - } - } - - return true; -} - -/* Make the backend pick a good value for a dynamic symbol. This is - called via elf_link_hash_traverse, and also calls itself - recursively. */ - -static boolean -elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (h, data) - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; - PTR data; -{ - struct elf_info_failed *eif = (struct elf_info_failed *) data; - bfd *dynobj; - struct elf_backend_data *bed; - - /* If this symbol does not require a PLT entry, and it is not - defined by a dynamic object, or is not referenced by a regular - object, ignore it. FIXME: Do we need to worry about symbols - which are defined by one dynamic object and referenced by another - one? */ - if ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT) == 0 - && ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) != 0 - || (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) == 0 - || (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR) == 0)) - return true; - - /* If we've already adjusted this symbol, don't do it again. This - can happen via a recursive call. */ - if ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DYNAMIC_ADJUSTED) != 0) - return true; - - /* Don't look at this symbol again. Note that we must set this - after checking the above conditions, because we may look at a - symbol once, decide not to do anything, and then get called - recursively later after REF_REGULAR is set below. */ - h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DYNAMIC_ADJUSTED; - - /* If this is a weak definition, and we know a real definition, and - the real symbol is not itself defined by a regular object file, - then get a good value for the real definition. We handle the - real symbol first, for the convenience of the backend routine. - - Note that there is a confusing case here. If the real definition - is defined by a regular object file, we don't get the real symbol - from the dynamic object, but we do get the weak symbol. If the - processor backend uses a COPY reloc, then if some routine in the - dynamic object changes the real symbol, we will not see that - change in the corresponding weak symbol. This is the way other - ELF linkers work as well, and seems to be a result of the shared - library model. - - I will clarify this issue. Most SVR4 shared libraries define the - variable _timezone and define timezone as a weak synonym. The - tzset call changes _timezone. If you write - extern int timezone; - int _timezone = 5; - int main () { tzset (); printf ("%d %d\n", timezone, _timezone); } - you might expect that, since timezone is a synonym for _timezone, - the same number will print both times. However, if the processor - backend uses a COPY reloc, then actually timezone will be copied - into your process image, and, since you define _timezone - yourself, _timezone will not. Thus timezone and _timezone will - wind up at different memory locations. The tzset call will set - _timezone, leaving timezone unchanged. */ - - if (h->weakdef != NULL) - { - struct elf_link_hash_entry *weakdef; - - BFD_ASSERT (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined - || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak); - weakdef = h->weakdef; - BFD_ASSERT (weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined - || weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak); - BFD_ASSERT (weakdef->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC); - if ((weakdef->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) != 0) - { - /* This symbol is defined by a regular object file, so we - will not do anything special. Clear weakdef for the - convenience of the processor backend. */ - h->weakdef = NULL; - } - else - { - /* There is an implicit reference by a regular object file - via the weak symbol. */ - weakdef->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR; - if (! elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (weakdef, (PTR) eif)) - return false; - } - } - - dynobj = elf_hash_table (eif->info)->dynobj; - bed = get_elf_backend_data (dynobj); - if (! (*bed->elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol) (eif->info, h)) - { - eif->failed = true; - return false; - } - - return true; -} +#include "elfcore.h" +#include "elflink.h" -/* Final phase of ELF linker. */ - -/* A structure we use to avoid passing large numbers of arguments. */ - -struct elf_final_link_info -{ - /* General link information. */ - struct bfd_link_info *info; - /* Output BFD. */ - bfd *output_bfd; - /* Symbol string table. */ - struct bfd_strtab_hash *symstrtab; - /* .dynsym section. */ - asection *dynsym_sec; - /* .hash section. */ - asection *hash_sec; - /* Buffer large enough to hold contents of any section. */ - bfd_byte *contents; - /* Buffer large enough to hold external relocs of any section. */ - PTR external_relocs; - /* Buffer large enough to hold internal relocs of any section. */ - Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs; - /* Buffer large enough to hold external local symbols of any input - BFD. */ - Elf_External_Sym *external_syms; - /* Buffer large enough to hold internal local symbols of any input - BFD. */ - Elf_Internal_Sym *internal_syms; - /* Array large enough to hold a symbol index for each local symbol - of any input BFD. */ - long *indices; - /* Array large enough to hold a section pointer for each local - symbol of any input BFD. */ - asection **sections; - /* Buffer to hold swapped out symbols. */ - Elf_External_Sym *symbuf; - /* Number of swapped out symbols in buffer. */ - size_t symbuf_count; - /* Number of symbols which fit in symbuf. */ - size_t symbuf_size; +/* Size-dependent data and functions. */ +const struct elf_size_info NAME(_bfd_elf,size_info) = { + sizeof (Elf_External_Ehdr), + sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr), + sizeof (Elf_External_Shdr), + sizeof (Elf_External_Rel), + sizeof (Elf_External_Rela), + sizeof (Elf_External_Sym), + sizeof (Elf_External_Dyn), + sizeof (Elf_External_Note), + + ARCH_SIZE, FILE_ALIGN, + ELFCLASS, EV_CURRENT, + &write_out_phdrs, + &write_shdrs_and_ehdr, + &write_relocs, + &elf_swap_symbol_out, + &elf_slurp_reloc_table, + &elf_slurp_symbol_table, }; - -static boolean elf_link_output_sym - PARAMS ((struct elf_final_link_info *, const char *, - Elf_Internal_Sym *, asection *)); -static boolean elf_link_flush_output_syms - PARAMS ((struct elf_final_link_info *)); -static boolean elf_link_output_extsym - PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR)); -static boolean elf_link_input_bfd - PARAMS ((struct elf_final_link_info *, bfd *)); -static boolean elf_reloc_link_order - PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *, - struct bfd_link_order *)); - -/* This struct is used to pass information to routines called via - elf_link_hash_traverse which must return failure. */ - -struct elf_finfo_failed -{ - boolean failed; - struct elf_final_link_info *finfo; -}; - -/* Do the final step of an ELF link. */ - -boolean -elf_bfd_final_link (abfd, info) - bfd *abfd; - struct bfd_link_info *info; -{ - boolean dynamic; - bfd *dynobj; - struct elf_final_link_info finfo; - register asection *o; - register struct bfd_link_order *p; - register bfd *sub; - size_t max_contents_size; - size_t max_external_reloc_size; - size_t max_internal_reloc_count; - size_t max_sym_count; - file_ptr off; - Elf_Internal_Sym elfsym; - unsigned int i; - Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; - Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr; - struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); - struct elf_finfo_failed eif; - - if (info->shared) - abfd->flags |= DYNAMIC; - - dynamic = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created; - dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; - - finfo.info = info; - finfo.output_bfd = abfd; - finfo.symstrtab = elf_stringtab_init (); - if (finfo.symstrtab == NULL) - return false; - if (! dynamic) - { - finfo.dynsym_sec = NULL; - finfo.hash_sec = NULL; - } - else - { - finfo.dynsym_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynsym"); - finfo.hash_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".hash"); - BFD_ASSERT (finfo.dynsym_sec != NULL && finfo.hash_sec != NULL); - } - finfo.contents = NULL; - finfo.external_relocs = NULL; - finfo.internal_relocs = NULL; - finfo.external_syms = NULL; - finfo.internal_syms = NULL; - finfo.indices = NULL; - finfo.sections = NULL; - finfo.symbuf = NULL; - finfo.symbuf_count = 0; - - /* Count up the number of relocations we will output for each output - section, so that we know the sizes of the reloc sections. We - also figure out some maximum sizes. */ - max_contents_size = 0; - max_external_reloc_size = 0; - max_internal_reloc_count = 0; - max_sym_count = 0; - for (o = abfd->sections; o != (asection *) NULL; o = o->next) - { - o->reloc_count = 0; - - for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next) - { - if (p->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order - || p->type == bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order) - ++o->reloc_count; - else if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order) - { - asection *sec; - - sec = p->u.indirect.section; - - if (info->relocateable) - o->reloc_count += sec->reloc_count; - - if (sec->_raw_size > max_contents_size) - max_contents_size = sec->_raw_size; - if (sec->_cooked_size > max_contents_size) - max_contents_size = sec->_cooked_size; - - /* We are interested in just local symbols, not all - symbols. */ - if (bfd_get_flavour (sec->owner) == bfd_target_elf_flavour) - { - size_t sym_count; - - if (elf_bad_symtab (sec->owner)) - sym_count = (elf_tdata (sec->owner)->symtab_hdr.sh_size - / sizeof (Elf_External_Sym)); - else - sym_count = elf_tdata (sec->owner)->symtab_hdr.sh_info; - - if (sym_count > max_sym_count) - max_sym_count = sym_count; - - if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0) - { - size_t ext_size; - - ext_size = elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_size; - if (ext_size > max_external_reloc_size) - max_external_reloc_size = ext_size; - if (sec->reloc_count > max_internal_reloc_count) - max_internal_reloc_count = sec->reloc_count; - } - } - } - } - - if (o->reloc_count > 0) - o->flags |= SEC_RELOC; - else - { - /* Explicitly clear the SEC_RELOC flag. The linker tends to - set it (this is probably a bug) and if it is set - assign_section_numbers will create a reloc section. */ - o->flags &=~ SEC_RELOC; - } - - /* If the SEC_ALLOC flag is not set, force the section VMA to - zero. This is done in elf_fake_sections as well, but forcing - the VMA to 0 here will ensure that relocs against these - sections are handled correctly. */ - if ((o->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0) - o->vma = 0; - } - - /* Figure out the file positions for everything but the symbol table - and the relocs. We set symcount to force assign_section_numbers - to create a symbol table. */ - abfd->symcount = info->strip == strip_all ? 0 : 1; - BFD_ASSERT (! abfd->output_has_begun); - if (! elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, info)) - goto error_return; - - /* That created the reloc sections. Set their sizes, and assign - them file positions, and allocate some buffers. */ - for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) - { - if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0) - { - Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; - register struct elf_link_hash_entry **p, **pend; - - rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (o)->rel_hdr; - - rel_hdr->sh_size = rel_hdr->sh_entsize * o->reloc_count; - - /* The contents field must last into write_object_contents, - so we allocate it with bfd_alloc rather than malloc. */ - rel_hdr->contents = (PTR) bfd_alloc (abfd, rel_hdr->sh_size); - if (rel_hdr->contents == NULL && rel_hdr->sh_size != 0) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); - goto error_return; - } - - p = ((struct elf_link_hash_entry **) - malloc (o->reloc_count - * sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry *))); - if (p == NULL && o->reloc_count != 0) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); - goto error_return; - } - elf_section_data (o)->rel_hashes = p; - pend = p + o->reloc_count; - for (; p < pend; p++) - *p = NULL; - - /* Use the reloc_count field as an index when outputting the - relocs. */ - o->reloc_count = 0; - } - } - - assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd); - - /* We have now assigned file positions for all the sections except - .symtab and .strtab. We start the .symtab section at the current - file position, and write directly to it. We build the .strtab - section in memory. When we add .dynsym support, we will build - that in memory as well (.dynsym is smaller than .symtab). */ - abfd->symcount = 0; - symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; - /* sh_name is set in prep_headers. */ - symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB; - symtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; - symtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; - symtab_hdr->sh_size = 0; - symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym); - /* sh_link is set in assign_section_numbers. */ - /* sh_info is set below. */ - /* sh_offset is set just below. */ - symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 4; /* FIXME: system dependent? */ - - off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos; - off = assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_hdr, off, true); - - /* Note that at this point elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos is - incorrect. We do not yet know the size of the .symtab section. - We correct next_file_pos below, after we do know the size. */ - - /* Allocate a buffer to hold swapped out symbols. This is to avoid - continuously seeking to the right position in the file. */ - if (! info->keep_memory || max_sym_count < 20) - finfo.symbuf_size = 20; - else - finfo.symbuf_size = max_sym_count; - finfo.symbuf = ((Elf_External_Sym *) - malloc (finfo.symbuf_size * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym))); - if (finfo.symbuf == NULL) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); - goto error_return; - } - - /* Start writing out the symbol table. The first symbol is always a - dummy symbol. */ - elfsym.st_value = 0; - elfsym.st_size = 0; - elfsym.st_info = 0; - elfsym.st_other = 0; - elfsym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; - if (! elf_link_output_sym (&finfo, (const char *) NULL, - &elfsym, bfd_und_section_ptr)) - goto error_return; - -#if 0 - /* Some standard ELF linkers do this, but we don't because it causes - bootstrap comparison failures. */ - /* Output a file symbol for the output file as the second symbol. - We output this even if we are discarding local symbols, although - I'm not sure if this is correct. */ - elfsym.st_value = 0; - elfsym.st_size = 0; - elfsym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE); - elfsym.st_other = 0; - elfsym.st_shndx = SHN_ABS; - if (! elf_link_output_sym (&finfo, bfd_get_filename (abfd), - &elfsym, bfd_abs_section_ptr)) - goto error_return; -#endif - - /* Output a symbol for each section. We output these even if we are - discarding local symbols, since they are used for relocs. These - symbols have no names. We store the index of each one in the - index field of the section, so that we can find it again when - outputting relocs. */ - elfsym.st_value = 0; - elfsym.st_size = 0; - elfsym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION); - elfsym.st_other = 0; - for (i = 1; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum; i++) - { - o = section_from_elf_index (abfd, i); - if (o != NULL) - o->target_index = abfd->symcount; - elfsym.st_shndx = i; - if (! elf_link_output_sym (&finfo, (const char *) NULL, - &elfsym, o)) - goto error_return; - } - - /* Allocate some memory to hold information read in from the input - files. */ - finfo.contents = (bfd_byte *) malloc (max_contents_size); - finfo.external_relocs = (PTR) malloc (max_external_reloc_size); - finfo.internal_relocs = ((Elf_Internal_Rela *) - malloc (max_internal_reloc_count - * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela))); - finfo.external_syms = ((Elf_External_Sym *) - malloc (max_sym_count * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym))); - finfo.internal_syms = ((Elf_Internal_Sym *) - malloc (max_sym_count * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym))); - finfo.indices = (long *) malloc (max_sym_count * sizeof (long)); - finfo.sections = (asection **) malloc (max_sym_count * sizeof (asection *)); - if ((finfo.contents == NULL && max_contents_size != 0) - || (finfo.external_relocs == NULL && max_external_reloc_size != 0) - || (finfo.internal_relocs == NULL && max_internal_reloc_count != 0) - || (finfo.external_syms == NULL && max_sym_count != 0) - || (finfo.internal_syms == NULL && max_sym_count != 0) - || (finfo.indices == NULL && max_sym_count != 0) - || (finfo.sections == NULL && max_sym_count != 0)) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); - goto error_return; - } - - /* Since ELF permits relocations to be against local symbols, we - must have the local symbols available when we do the relocations. - Since we would rather only read the local symbols once, and we - would rather not keep them in memory, we handle all the - relocations for a single input file at the same time. - - Unfortunately, there is no way to know the total number of local - symbols until we have seen all of them, and the local symbol - indices precede the global symbol indices. This means that when - we are generating relocateable output, and we see a reloc against - a global symbol, we can not know the symbol index until we have - finished examining all the local symbols to see which ones we are - going to output. To deal with this, we keep the relocations in - memory, and don't output them until the end of the link. This is - an unfortunate waste of memory, but I don't see a good way around - it. Fortunately, it only happens when performing a relocateable - link, which is not the common case. FIXME: If keep_memory is set - we could write the relocs out and then read them again; I don't - know how bad the memory loss will be. */ - - for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub != NULL; sub = sub->next) - sub->output_has_begun = false; - for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) - { - for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next) - { - if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order - && (bfd_get_flavour (p->u.indirect.section->owner) - == bfd_target_elf_flavour)) - { - sub = p->u.indirect.section->owner; - if (! sub->output_has_begun) - { - if (! elf_link_input_bfd (&finfo, sub)) - goto error_return; - sub->output_has_begun = true; - } - } - else if (p->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order - || p->type == bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order) - { - if (! elf_reloc_link_order (abfd, info, o, p)) - goto error_return; - } - else - { - if (! _bfd_default_link_order (abfd, info, o, p)) - goto error_return; - } - } - } - - /* That wrote out all the local symbols. Finish up the symbol table - with the global symbols. */ - - /* The sh_info field records the index of the first non local - symbol. */ - symtab_hdr->sh_info = abfd->symcount; - if (dynamic) - elf_section_data (finfo.dynsym_sec->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_info = 1; - - /* We get the global symbols from the hash table. */ - eif.failed = false; - eif.finfo = &finfo; - elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), elf_link_output_extsym, - (PTR) &eif); - if (eif.failed) - return false; - - /* Flush all symbols to the file. */ - if (! elf_link_flush_output_syms (&finfo)) - return false; - - /* Now we know the size of the symtab section. */ - off += symtab_hdr->sh_size; - - /* Finish up and write out the symbol string table (.strtab) - section. */ - symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; - /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */ - symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; - symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; - symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; - symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (finfo.symstrtab); - symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; - symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; - symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; - /* sh_offset is set just below. */ - symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; - - off = assign_file_position_for_section (symstrtab_hdr, off, true); - elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; - - if (bfd_seek (abfd, symstrtab_hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 - || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, finfo.symstrtab)) - return false; - - /* Adjust the relocs to have the correct symbol indices. */ - for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) - { - struct elf_link_hash_entry **rel_hash; - Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; - - if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0) - continue; - - rel_hash = elf_section_data (o)->rel_hashes; - rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (o)->rel_hdr; - for (i = 0; i < o->reloc_count; i++, rel_hash++) - { - if (*rel_hash == NULL) - continue; - - BFD_ASSERT ((*rel_hash)->indx >= 0); - - if (rel_hdr->sh_entsize == sizeof (Elf_External_Rel)) - { - Elf_External_Rel *erel; - Elf_Internal_Rel irel; - - erel = (Elf_External_Rel *) rel_hdr->contents + i; - elf_swap_reloc_in (abfd, erel, &irel); - irel.r_info = ELF_R_INFO ((*rel_hash)->indx, - ELF_R_TYPE (irel.r_info)); - elf_swap_reloc_out (abfd, &irel, erel); - } - else - { - Elf_External_Rela *erela; - Elf_Internal_Rela irela; - - BFD_ASSERT (rel_hdr->sh_entsize - == sizeof (Elf_External_Rela)); - - erela = (Elf_External_Rela *) rel_hdr->contents + i; - elf_swap_reloca_in (abfd, erela, &irela); - irela.r_info = ELF_R_INFO ((*rel_hash)->indx, - ELF_R_TYPE (irela.r_info)); - elf_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &irela, erela); - } - } - - /* Set the reloc_count field to 0 to prevent write_relocs from - trying to swap the relocs out itself. */ - o->reloc_count = 0; - } - - /* If we are linking against a dynamic object, or generating a - shared library, finish up the dynamic linking information. */ - if (dynamic) - { - Elf_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend; - - /* Fix up .dynamic entries. */ - o = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic"); - BFD_ASSERT (o != NULL); - - dyncon = (Elf_External_Dyn *) o->contents; - dynconend = (Elf_External_Dyn *) (o->contents + o->_raw_size); - for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++) - { - Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; - const char *name; - unsigned int type; - - elf_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn); - - switch (dyn.d_tag) - { - default: - break; - - /* SVR4 linkers seem to set DT_INIT and DT_FINI based on - magic _init and _fini symbols. This is pretty ugly, - but we are compatible. */ - case DT_INIT: - name = "_init"; - goto get_sym; - case DT_FINI: - name = "_fini"; - get_sym: - { - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; - - h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), name, - false, false, true); - BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL); - if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined - || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) - { - dyn.d_un.d_val = h->root.u.def.value; - o = h->root.u.def.section; - if (o->output_section != NULL) - dyn.d_un.d_val += (o->output_section->vma - + o->output_offset); - else - /* The symbol is imported from another shared - library and does not apply to this one. */ - dyn.d_un.d_val = 0; - } - elf_swap_dyn_out (dynobj, &dyn, dyncon); - } - break; - - case DT_HASH: - name = ".hash"; - goto get_vma; - case DT_STRTAB: - name = ".dynstr"; - goto get_vma; - case DT_SYMTAB: - name = ".dynsym"; - get_vma: - o = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name); - BFD_ASSERT (o != NULL); - dyn.d_un.d_ptr = o->vma; - elf_swap_dyn_out (dynobj, &dyn, dyncon); - break; - - case DT_REL: - case DT_RELA: - case DT_RELSZ: - case DT_RELASZ: - if (dyn.d_tag == DT_REL || dyn.d_tag == DT_RELSZ) - type = SHT_REL; - else - type = SHT_RELA; - dyn.d_un.d_val = 0; - for (i = 1; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum; i++) - { - Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; - - hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; - if (hdr->sh_type == type - && (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) - { - if (dyn.d_tag == DT_RELSZ || dyn.d_tag == DT_RELASZ) - dyn.d_un.d_val += hdr->sh_size; - else - { - if (dyn.d_un.d_val == 0 - || hdr->sh_addr < dyn.d_un.d_val) - dyn.d_un.d_val = hdr->sh_addr; - } - } - } - elf_swap_dyn_out (dynobj, &dyn, dyncon); - break; - } - } - } - - /* If we have created any dynamic sections, then output them. */ - if (dynobj != NULL) - { - if (! (*bed->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections) (abfd, info)) - goto error_return; - - for (o = dynobj->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) - { - if ((o->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0 - || o->_raw_size == 0) - continue; - if ((o->flags & SEC_IN_MEMORY) == 0) - { - /* At this point, we are only interested in sections - created by elf_link_create_dynamic_sections. FIXME: - This test is fragile. */ - continue; - } - if ((elf_section_data (o->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_type - != SHT_STRTAB) - || strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), ".dynstr") != 0) - { - if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, o->output_section, - o->contents, o->output_offset, - o->_raw_size)) - goto error_return; - } - else - { - file_ptr off; - - /* The contents of the .dynstr section are actually in a - stringtab. */ - off = elf_section_data (o->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_offset; - if (bfd_seek (abfd, off, SEEK_SET) != 0 - || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, - elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr)) - goto error_return; - } - } - } - - if (finfo.symstrtab != NULL) - _bfd_stringtab_free (finfo.symstrtab); - if (finfo.contents != NULL) - free (finfo.contents); - if (finfo.external_relocs != NULL) - free (finfo.external_relocs); - if (finfo.internal_relocs != NULL) - free (finfo.internal_relocs); - if (finfo.external_syms != NULL) - free (finfo.external_syms); - if (finfo.internal_syms != NULL) - free (finfo.internal_syms); - if (finfo.indices != NULL) - free (finfo.indices); - if (finfo.sections != NULL) - free (finfo.sections); - if (finfo.symbuf != NULL) - free (finfo.symbuf); - for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) - { - if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0 - && elf_section_data (o)->rel_hashes != NULL) - free (elf_section_data (o)->rel_hashes); - } - - elf_tdata (abfd)->linker = true; - - return true; - - error_return: - if (finfo.symstrtab != NULL) - _bfd_stringtab_free (finfo.symstrtab); - if (finfo.contents != NULL) - free (finfo.contents); - if (finfo.external_relocs != NULL) - free (finfo.external_relocs); - if (finfo.internal_relocs != NULL) - free (finfo.internal_relocs); - if (finfo.external_syms != NULL) - free (finfo.external_syms); - if (finfo.internal_syms != NULL) - free (finfo.internal_syms); - if (finfo.indices != NULL) - free (finfo.indices); - if (finfo.sections != NULL) - free (finfo.sections); - if (finfo.symbuf != NULL) - free (finfo.symbuf); - for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) - { - if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0 - && elf_section_data (o)->rel_hashes != NULL) - free (elf_section_data (o)->rel_hashes); - } - - return false; -} - -/* Add a symbol to the output symbol table. */ - -static boolean -elf_link_output_sym (finfo, name, elfsym, input_sec) - struct elf_final_link_info *finfo; - const char *name; - Elf_Internal_Sym *elfsym; - asection *input_sec; -{ - boolean (*output_symbol_hook) PARAMS ((bfd *, - struct bfd_link_info *info, - const char *, - Elf_Internal_Sym *, - asection *)); - - output_symbol_hook = get_elf_backend_data (finfo->output_bfd)-> - elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook; - if (output_symbol_hook != NULL) - { - if (! ((*output_symbol_hook) - (finfo->output_bfd, finfo->info, name, elfsym, input_sec))) - return false; - } - - if (name == (const char *) NULL || *name == '\0') - elfsym->st_name = 0; - else - { - elfsym->st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (finfo->symstrtab, - name, true, - false); - if (elfsym->st_name == (unsigned long) -1) - return false; - } - - if (finfo->symbuf_count >= finfo->symbuf_size) - { - if (! elf_link_flush_output_syms (finfo)) - return false; - } - - elf_swap_symbol_out (finfo->output_bfd, elfsym, - finfo->symbuf + finfo->symbuf_count); - ++finfo->symbuf_count; - - ++finfo->output_bfd->symcount; - - return true; -} - -/* Flush the output symbols to the file. */ - -static boolean -elf_link_flush_output_syms (finfo) - struct elf_final_link_info *finfo; -{ - Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab; - - symtab = &elf_tdata (finfo->output_bfd)->symtab_hdr; - - if (bfd_seek (finfo->output_bfd, symtab->sh_offset + symtab->sh_size, - SEEK_SET) != 0 - || (bfd_write ((PTR) finfo->symbuf, finfo->symbuf_count, - sizeof (Elf_External_Sym), finfo->output_bfd) - != finfo->symbuf_count * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym))) - return false; - - symtab->sh_size += finfo->symbuf_count * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym); - - finfo->symbuf_count = 0; - - return true; -} - -/* Add an external symbol to the symbol table. This is called from - the hash table traversal routine. */ - -static boolean -elf_link_output_extsym (h, data) - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; - PTR data; -{ - struct elf_finfo_failed *eif = (struct elf_finfo_failed *) data; - struct elf_final_link_info *finfo = eif->finfo; - boolean strip; - Elf_Internal_Sym sym; - asection *input_sec; - - /* If we are not creating a shared library, and this symbol is - referenced by a shared library but is not defined anywhere, then - warn that it is undefined. If we do not do this, the runtime - linker will complain that the symbol is undefined when the - program is run. We don't have to worry about symbols that are - referenced by regular files, because we will already have issued - warnings for them. */ - if (! finfo->info->relocateable - && ! finfo->info->shared - && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined - && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC) != 0 - && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR) == 0) - { - if (! ((*finfo->info->callbacks->undefined_symbol) - (finfo->info, h->root.root.string, h->root.u.undef.abfd, - (asection *) NULL, 0))) - { - eif->failed = true; - return false; - } - } - - /* We don't want to output symbols that have never been mentioned by - a regular file, or that we have been told to strip. However, if - h->indx is set to -2, the symbol is used by a reloc and we must - output it. */ - if (h->indx == -2) - strip = false; - else if (((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0 - || (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC) != 0) - && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0 - && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR) == 0) - strip = true; - else if (finfo->info->strip == strip_all - || (finfo->info->strip == strip_some - && bfd_hash_lookup (finfo->info->keep_hash, - h->root.root.string, - false, false) == NULL)) - strip = true; - else - strip = false; - - /* If we're stripping it, and it's not a dynamic symbol, there's - nothing else to do. */ - if (strip && h->dynindx == -1) - return true; - - sym.st_value = 0; - sym.st_size = h->size; - sym.st_other = 0; - if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak - || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) - sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_WEAK, h->type); - else - sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, h->type); - - switch (h->root.type) - { - default: - case bfd_link_hash_new: - abort (); - return false; - - case bfd_link_hash_undefined: - input_sec = bfd_und_section_ptr; - sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; - break; - - case bfd_link_hash_undefweak: - input_sec = bfd_und_section_ptr; - sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; - break; - - case bfd_link_hash_defined: - case bfd_link_hash_defweak: - { - input_sec = h->root.u.def.section; - if (input_sec->output_section != NULL) - { - sym.st_shndx = - elf_section_from_bfd_section (finfo->output_bfd, - input_sec->output_section); - if (sym.st_shndx == (unsigned short) -1) - { - eif->failed = true; - return false; - } - - /* ELF symbols in relocateable files are section relative, - but in nonrelocateable files they are virtual - addresses. */ - sym.st_value = h->root.u.def.value + input_sec->output_offset; - if (! finfo->info->relocateable) - sym.st_value += input_sec->output_section->vma; - } - else - { - BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_get_flavour (input_sec->owner) - == bfd_target_elf_flavour) - && elf_elfheader (input_sec->owner)->e_type == ET_DYN); - sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; - input_sec = bfd_und_section_ptr; - } - } - break; - - case bfd_link_hash_common: - input_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr; - sym.st_shndx = SHN_COMMON; - sym.st_value = 1 << h->root.u.c.p->alignment_power; - break; - - case bfd_link_hash_indirect: - case bfd_link_hash_warning: - /* I have no idea how these should be handled. */ - return true; - } - - /* If this symbol should be put in the .dynsym section, then put it - there now. We have already know the symbol index. We also fill - in the entry in the .hash section. */ - if (h->dynindx != -1 - && elf_hash_table (finfo->info)->dynamic_sections_created) - { - struct elf_backend_data *bed; - size_t bucketcount; - size_t bucket; - bfd_byte *bucketpos; - bfd_vma chain; - - sym.st_name = h->dynstr_index; - - /* Give the processor backend a chance to tweak the symbol - value, and also to finish up anything that needs to be done - for this symbol. */ - bed = get_elf_backend_data (finfo->output_bfd); - if (! ((*bed->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol) - (finfo->output_bfd, finfo->info, h, &sym))) - { - eif->failed = true; - return false; - } - - elf_swap_symbol_out (finfo->output_bfd, &sym, - ((Elf_External_Sym *) finfo->dynsym_sec->contents - + h->dynindx)); - - bucketcount = elf_hash_table (finfo->info)->bucketcount; - bucket = (bfd_elf_hash ((const unsigned char *) h->root.root.string) - % bucketcount); - bucketpos = ((bfd_byte *) finfo->hash_sec->contents - + (bucket + 2) * (ARCH_SIZE / 8)); - chain = get_word (finfo->output_bfd, bucketpos); - put_word (finfo->output_bfd, h->dynindx, bucketpos); - put_word (finfo->output_bfd, chain, - ((bfd_byte *) finfo->hash_sec->contents - + (bucketcount + 2 + h->dynindx) * (ARCH_SIZE / 8))); - } - - /* If we're stripping it, then it was just a dynamic symbol, and - there's nothing else to do. */ - if (strip) - return true; - - h->indx = finfo->output_bfd->symcount; - - if (! elf_link_output_sym (finfo, h->root.root.string, &sym, input_sec)) - { - eif->failed = true; - return false; - } - - return true; -} - -/* Link an input file into the linker output file. This function - handles all the sections and relocations of the input file at once. - This is so that we only have to read the local symbols once, and - don't have to keep them in memory. */ - -static boolean -elf_link_input_bfd (finfo, input_bfd) - struct elf_final_link_info *finfo; - bfd *input_bfd; -{ - boolean (*relocate_section) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, - bfd *, asection *, bfd_byte *, - Elf_Internal_Rela *, - Elf_Internal_Sym *, asection **)); - bfd *output_bfd; - Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; - size_t locsymcount; - size_t extsymoff; - Elf_External_Sym *esym; - Elf_External_Sym *esymend; - Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; - long *pindex; - asection **ppsection; - asection *o; - - output_bfd = finfo->output_bfd; - relocate_section = - get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->elf_backend_relocate_section; - - /* If this is a dynamic object, we don't want to do anything here: - we don't want the local symbols, and we don't want the section - contents. */ - if (elf_elfheader (input_bfd)->e_type == ET_DYN) - return true; - - symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr; - if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) - { - locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf_External_Sym); - extsymoff = 0; - } - else - { - locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info; - extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info; - } - - /* Read the local symbols. */ - if (locsymcount > 0 - && (bfd_seek (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 - || (bfd_read (finfo->external_syms, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym), - locsymcount, input_bfd) - != locsymcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym)))) - return false; - - /* Swap in the local symbols and write out the ones which we know - are going into the output file. */ - esym = finfo->external_syms; - esymend = esym + locsymcount; - isym = finfo->internal_syms; - pindex = finfo->indices; - ppsection = finfo->sections; - for (; esym < esymend; esym++, isym++, pindex++, ppsection++) - { - asection *isec; - const char *name; - Elf_Internal_Sym osym; - - elf_swap_symbol_in (input_bfd, esym, isym); - *pindex = -1; - - if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) - { - if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym->st_info) != STB_LOCAL) - { - *ppsection = NULL; - continue; - } - } - - if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF) - isec = bfd_und_section_ptr; - else if (isym->st_shndx > 0 && isym->st_shndx < SHN_LORESERVE) - isec = section_from_elf_index (input_bfd, isym->st_shndx); - else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS) - isec = bfd_abs_section_ptr; - else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON) - isec = bfd_com_section_ptr; - else - { - /* Who knows? */ - isec = NULL; - } - - *ppsection = isec; - - /* Don't output the first, undefined, symbol. */ - if (esym == finfo->external_syms) - continue; - - /* If we are stripping all symbols, we don't want to output this - one. */ - if (finfo->info->strip == strip_all) - continue; - - /* We never output section symbols. Instead, we use the section - symbol of the corresponding section in the output file. */ - if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION) - continue; - - /* If we are discarding all local symbols, we don't want to - output this one. If we are generating a relocateable output - file, then some of the local symbols may be required by - relocs; we output them below as we discover that they are - needed. */ - if (finfo->info->discard == discard_all) - continue; - - /* Get the name of the symbol. */ - name = elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, - isym->st_name); - if (name == NULL) - return false; - - /* See if we are discarding symbols with this name. */ - if ((finfo->info->strip == strip_some - && (bfd_hash_lookup (finfo->info->keep_hash, name, false, false) - == NULL)) - || (finfo->info->discard == discard_l - && strncmp (name, finfo->info->lprefix, - finfo->info->lprefix_len) == 0)) - continue; - - /* If we get here, we are going to output this symbol. */ - - osym = *isym; - - /* Adjust the section index for the output file. */ - osym.st_shndx = elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd, - isec->output_section); - if (osym.st_shndx == (unsigned short) -1) - return false; - - *pindex = output_bfd->symcount; - - /* ELF symbols in relocateable files are section relative, but - in executable files they are virtual addresses. Note that - this code assumes that all ELF sections have an associated - BFD section with a reasonable value for output_offset; below - we assume that they also have a reasonable value for - output_section. Any special sections must be set up to meet - these requirements. */ - osym.st_value += isec->output_offset; - if (! finfo->info->relocateable) - osym.st_value += isec->output_section->vma; - - if (! elf_link_output_sym (finfo, name, &osym, isec)) - return false; - } - - /* Relocate the contents of each section. */ - for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) - { - if ((o->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0) - continue; - - if ((o->flags & SEC_IN_MEMORY) != 0 - && input_bfd == elf_hash_table (finfo->info)->dynobj) - { - /* Section was created by elf_link_create_dynamic_sections. - FIXME: This test is fragile. */ - continue; - } - - /* Read the contents of the section. */ - if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, o, finfo->contents, - (file_ptr) 0, o->_raw_size)) - return false; - - if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0) - { - Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs; - - /* Get the swapped relocs. */ - internal_relocs = elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd, o, - finfo->external_relocs, - finfo->internal_relocs, - false); - if (internal_relocs == NULL - && o->reloc_count > 0) - return false; - - /* Relocate the section by invoking a back end routine. - - The back end routine is responsible for adjusting the - section contents as necessary, and (if using Rela relocs - and generating a relocateable output file) adjusting the - reloc addend as necessary. - - The back end routine does not have to worry about setting - the reloc address or the reloc symbol index. - - The back end routine is given a pointer to the swapped in - internal symbols, and can access the hash table entries - for the external symbols via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd). - - When generating relocateable output, the back end routine - must handle STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The - output symbol is going to be a section symbol - corresponding to the output section, which will require - the addend to be adjusted. */ - - if (! (*relocate_section) (output_bfd, finfo->info, - input_bfd, o, - finfo->contents, - internal_relocs, - finfo->internal_syms, - finfo->sections)) - return false; - - if (finfo->info->relocateable) - { - Elf_Internal_Rela *irela; - Elf_Internal_Rela *irelaend; - struct elf_link_hash_entry **rel_hash; - Elf_Internal_Shdr *input_rel_hdr; - Elf_Internal_Shdr *output_rel_hdr; - - /* Adjust the reloc addresses and symbol indices. */ - - irela = internal_relocs; - irelaend = irela + o->reloc_count; - rel_hash = (elf_section_data (o->output_section)->rel_hashes - + o->output_section->reloc_count); - for (; irela < irelaend; irela++, rel_hash++) - { - long r_symndx; - Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; - asection *sec; - - irela->r_offset += o->output_offset; - - r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (irela->r_info); - - if (r_symndx == 0) - continue; - - if (r_symndx >= locsymcount - || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd) - && finfo->sections[r_symndx] == NULL)) - { - long indx; - - /* This is a reloc against a global symbol. We - have not yet output all the local symbols, so - we do not know the symbol index of any global - symbol. We set the rel_hash entry for this - reloc to point to the global hash table entry - for this symbol. The symbol index is then - set at the end of elf_bfd_final_link. */ - indx = r_symndx - extsymoff; - *rel_hash = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd)[indx]; - - /* Setting the index to -2 tells - elf_link_output_extsym that this symbol is - used by a reloc. */ - BFD_ASSERT ((*rel_hash)->indx < 0); - (*rel_hash)->indx = -2; - - continue; - } - - /* This is a reloc against a local symbol. */ - - *rel_hash = NULL; - isym = finfo->internal_syms + r_symndx; - sec = finfo->sections[r_symndx]; - if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION) - { - /* I suppose the backend ought to fill in the - section of any STT_SECTION symbol against a - processor specific section. */ - if (sec != NULL && bfd_is_abs_section (sec)) - r_symndx = 0; - else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); - return false; - } - else - { - r_symndx = sec->output_section->target_index; - BFD_ASSERT (r_symndx != 0); - } - } - else - { - if (finfo->indices[r_symndx] == -1) - { - unsigned long link; - const char *name; - asection *osec; - - if (finfo->info->strip == strip_all) - { - /* You can't do ld -r -s. */ - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); - return false; - } - - /* This symbol was skipped earlier, but - since it is needed by a reloc, we - must output it now. */ - link = symtab_hdr->sh_link; - name = elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd, - link, - isym->st_name); - if (name == NULL) - return false; - - osec = sec->output_section; - isym->st_shndx = - elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd, - osec); - if (isym->st_shndx == (unsigned short) -1) - return false; - - isym->st_value += sec->output_offset; - if (! finfo->info->relocateable) - isym->st_value += osec->vma; - - finfo->indices[r_symndx] = output_bfd->symcount; - - if (! elf_link_output_sym (finfo, name, isym, sec)) - return false; - } - - r_symndx = finfo->indices[r_symndx]; - } - - irela->r_info = ELF_R_INFO (r_symndx, - ELF_R_TYPE (irela->r_info)); - } - - /* Swap out the relocs. */ - input_rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (o)->rel_hdr; - output_rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (o->output_section)->rel_hdr; - BFD_ASSERT (output_rel_hdr->sh_entsize - == input_rel_hdr->sh_entsize); - irela = internal_relocs; - irelaend = irela + o->reloc_count; - if (input_rel_hdr->sh_entsize == sizeof (Elf_External_Rel)) - { - Elf_External_Rel *erel; - - erel = ((Elf_External_Rel *) output_rel_hdr->contents - + o->output_section->reloc_count); - for (; irela < irelaend; irela++, erel++) - { - Elf_Internal_Rel irel; - - irel.r_offset = irela->r_offset; - irel.r_info = irela->r_info; - BFD_ASSERT (irela->r_addend == 0); - elf_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &irel, erel); - } - } - else - { - Elf_External_Rela *erela; - - BFD_ASSERT (input_rel_hdr->sh_entsize - == sizeof (Elf_External_Rela)); - erela = ((Elf_External_Rela *) output_rel_hdr->contents - + o->output_section->reloc_count); - for (; irela < irelaend; irela++, erela++) - elf_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, irela, erela); - } - - o->output_section->reloc_count += o->reloc_count; - } - } - - /* Write out the modified section contents. */ - if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, o->output_section, - finfo->contents, o->output_offset, - (o->_cooked_size != 0 - ? o->_cooked_size - : o->_raw_size))) - return false; - } - - return true; -} - -/* Generate a reloc when linking an ELF file. This is a reloc - requested by the linker, and does come from any input file. This - is used to build constructor and destructor tables when linking - with -Ur. */ - -static boolean -elf_reloc_link_order (output_bfd, info, output_section, link_order) - bfd *output_bfd; - struct bfd_link_info *info; - asection *output_section; - struct bfd_link_order *link_order; -{ - reloc_howto_type *howto; - long indx; - bfd_vma offset; - struct elf_link_hash_entry **rel_hash_ptr; - Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; - - howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd, link_order->u.reloc.p->reloc); - if (howto == NULL) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); - return false; - } - - /* If this is an inplace reloc, we must write the addend into the - object file. */ - if (howto->partial_inplace - && link_order->u.reloc.p->addend != 0) - { - bfd_size_type size; - bfd_reloc_status_type rstat; - bfd_byte *buf; - boolean ok; - - size = bfd_get_reloc_size (howto); - buf = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zmalloc (size); - if (buf == (bfd_byte *) NULL) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); - return false; - } - rstat = _bfd_relocate_contents (howto, output_bfd, - link_order->u.reloc.p->addend, buf); - switch (rstat) - { - case bfd_reloc_ok: - break; - default: - case bfd_reloc_outofrange: - abort (); - case bfd_reloc_overflow: - if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow) - (info, - (link_order->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order - ? bfd_section_name (output_bfd, - link_order->u.reloc.p->u.section) - : link_order->u.reloc.p->u.name), - howto->name, link_order->u.reloc.p->addend, - (bfd *) NULL, (asection *) NULL, (bfd_vma) 0))) - { - free (buf); - return false; - } - break; - } - ok = bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, output_section, (PTR) buf, - (file_ptr) link_order->offset, size); - free (buf); - if (! ok) - return false; - } - - /* Figure out the symbol index. */ - rel_hash_ptr = (elf_section_data (output_section)->rel_hashes - + output_section->reloc_count); - if (link_order->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order) - { - indx = link_order->u.reloc.p->u.section->target_index; - BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0); - *rel_hash_ptr = NULL; - } - else - { - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; - - h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), - link_order->u.reloc.p->u.name, - false, false, true); - if (h != NULL) - { - /* Setting the index to -2 tells elf_link_output_extsym that - this symbol is used by a reloc. */ - h->indx = -2; - *rel_hash_ptr = h; - indx = 0; - } - else - { - if (! ((*info->callbacks->unattached_reloc) - (info, link_order->u.reloc.p->u.name, (bfd *) NULL, - (asection *) NULL, (bfd_vma) 0))) - return false; - indx = 0; - } - } - - /* The address of a reloc is relative to the section in a - relocateable file, and is a virtual address in an executable - file. */ - offset = link_order->offset; - if (! info->relocateable) - offset += output_section->vma; - - rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (output_section)->rel_hdr; - - if (rel_hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL) - { - Elf_Internal_Rel irel; - Elf_External_Rel *erel; - - irel.r_offset = offset; - irel.r_info = ELF_R_INFO (indx, howto->type); - erel = ((Elf_External_Rel *) rel_hdr->contents - + output_section->reloc_count); - elf_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &irel, erel); - } - else - { - Elf_Internal_Rela irela; - Elf_External_Rela *erela; - - irela.r_offset = offset; - irela.r_info = ELF_R_INFO (indx, howto->type); - irela.r_addend = link_order->u.reloc.p->addend; - erela = ((Elf_External_Rela *) rel_hdr->contents - + output_section->reloc_count); - elf_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &irela, erela); - } - - ++output_section->reloc_count; - - return true; -} diff --git a/bfd/elfcore.h b/bfd/elfcore.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..51dfec5 --- /dev/null +++ b/bfd/elfcore.h @@ -0,0 +1,466 @@ +/* Core file support */ + +#ifdef HAVE_PROCFS /* Some core file support requires host /proc files */ +#include <sys/procfs.h> +#else +#define bfd_prstatus(abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos) true +#define bfd_fpregset(abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos) true +#define bfd_prpsinfo(abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos) true +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_PROCFS + +static boolean +bfd_prstatus (abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos) + bfd *abfd; + char *descdata; + int descsz; + long filepos; +{ + asection *newsect; + prstatus_t *status = (prstatus_t *) 0; + + if (descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t)) + { + newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".reg"); + if (newsect == NULL) + return false; + newsect->_raw_size = sizeof (status->pr_reg); + newsect->filepos = filepos + (long) &status->pr_reg; + newsect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; + newsect->alignment_power = 2; + if ((core_prstatus (abfd) = bfd_alloc (abfd, descsz)) != NULL) + { + memcpy (core_prstatus (abfd), descdata, descsz); + } + } + return true; +} + +/* Stash a copy of the prpsinfo structure away for future use. */ + +static boolean +bfd_prpsinfo (abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos) + bfd *abfd; + char *descdata; + int descsz; + long filepos; +{ + if (descsz == sizeof (prpsinfo_t)) + { + if ((core_prpsinfo (abfd) = bfd_alloc (abfd, descsz)) == NULL) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); + return false; + } + memcpy (core_prpsinfo (abfd), descdata, descsz); + } + return true; +} + +static boolean +bfd_fpregset (abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos) + bfd *abfd; + char *descdata; + int descsz; + long filepos; +{ + asection *newsect; + + newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".reg2"); + if (newsect == NULL) + return false; + newsect->_raw_size = descsz; + newsect->filepos = filepos; + newsect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; + newsect->alignment_power = 2; + return true; +} + +#endif /* HAVE_PROCFS */ + +/* Return a pointer to the args (including the command name) that were + seen by the program that generated the core dump. Note that for + some reason, a spurious space is tacked onto the end of the args + in some (at least one anyway) implementations, so strip it off if + it exists. */ + +char * +elf_core_file_failing_command (abfd) + bfd *abfd; +{ +#ifdef HAVE_PROCFS + if (core_prpsinfo (abfd)) + { + prpsinfo_t *p = core_prpsinfo (abfd); + char *scan = p->pr_psargs; + while (*scan++) + {; + } + scan -= 2; + if ((scan > p->pr_psargs) && (*scan == ' ')) + { + *scan = '\000'; + } + return p->pr_psargs; + } +#endif + return NULL; +} + +/* Return the number of the signal that caused the core dump. Presumably, + since we have a core file, we got a signal of some kind, so don't bother + checking the other process status fields, just return the signal number. + */ + +int +elf_core_file_failing_signal (abfd) + bfd *abfd; +{ +#ifdef HAVE_PROCFS + if (core_prstatus (abfd)) + { + return ((prstatus_t *) (core_prstatus (abfd)))->pr_cursig; + } +#endif + return -1; +} + +/* Check to see if the core file could reasonably be expected to have + come for the current executable file. Note that by default we return + true unless we find something that indicates that there might be a + problem. + */ + +boolean +elf_core_file_matches_executable_p (core_bfd, exec_bfd) + bfd *core_bfd; + bfd *exec_bfd; +{ +#ifdef HAVE_PROCFS + char *corename; + char *execname; +#endif + + /* First, xvecs must match since both are ELF files for the same target. */ + + if (core_bfd->xvec != exec_bfd->xvec) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_system_call); + return false; + } + +#ifdef HAVE_PROCFS + + /* If no prpsinfo, just return true. Otherwise, grab the last component + of the exec'd pathname from the prpsinfo. */ + + if (core_prpsinfo (core_bfd)) + { + corename = (((prpsinfo_t *) core_prpsinfo (core_bfd))->pr_fname); + } + else + { + return true; + } + + /* Find the last component of the executable pathname. */ + + if ((execname = strrchr (exec_bfd->filename, '/')) != NULL) + { + execname++; + } + else + { + execname = (char *) exec_bfd->filename; + } + + /* See if they match */ + + return strcmp (execname, corename) ? false : true; + +#else + + return true; + +#endif /* HAVE_PROCFS */ +} + +/* ELF core files contain a segment of type PT_NOTE, that holds much of + the information that would normally be available from the /proc interface + for the process, at the time the process dumped core. Currently this + includes copies of the prstatus, prpsinfo, and fpregset structures. + + Since these structures are potentially machine dependent in size and + ordering, bfd provides two levels of support for them. The first level, + available on all machines since it does not require that the host + have /proc support or the relevant include files, is to create a bfd + section for each of the prstatus, prpsinfo, and fpregset structures, + without any interpretation of their contents. With just this support, + the bfd client will have to interpret the structures itself. Even with + /proc support, it might want these full structures for it's own reasons. + + In the second level of support, where HAVE_PROCFS is defined, bfd will + pick apart the structures to gather some additional information that + clients may want, such as the general register set, the name of the + exec'ed file and its arguments, the signal (if any) that caused the + core dump, etc. + + */ + +static boolean +elf_corefile_note (abfd, hdr) + bfd *abfd; + Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr; +{ + Elf_External_Note *x_note_p; /* Elf note, external form */ + Elf_Internal_Note i_note; /* Elf note, internal form */ + char *buf = NULL; /* Entire note segment contents */ + char *namedata; /* Name portion of the note */ + char *descdata; /* Descriptor portion of the note */ + char *sectname; /* Name to use for new section */ + long filepos; /* File offset to descriptor data */ + asection *newsect; + + if (hdr->p_filesz > 0 + && (buf = (char *) malloc (hdr->p_filesz)) != NULL + && bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->p_offset, SEEK_SET) != -1 + && bfd_read ((PTR) buf, hdr->p_filesz, 1, abfd) == hdr->p_filesz) + { + x_note_p = (Elf_External_Note *) buf; + while ((char *) x_note_p < (buf + hdr->p_filesz)) + { + i_note.namesz = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) x_note_p->namesz); + i_note.descsz = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) x_note_p->descsz); + i_note.type = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) x_note_p->type); + namedata = x_note_p->name; + descdata = namedata + BFD_ALIGN (i_note.namesz, 4); + filepos = hdr->p_offset + (descdata - buf); + switch (i_note.type) + { + case NT_PRSTATUS: + /* process descdata as prstatus info */ + if (! bfd_prstatus (abfd, descdata, i_note.descsz, filepos)) + return false; + sectname = ".prstatus"; + break; + case NT_FPREGSET: + /* process descdata as fpregset info */ + if (! bfd_fpregset (abfd, descdata, i_note.descsz, filepos)) + return false; + sectname = ".fpregset"; + break; + case NT_PRPSINFO: + /* process descdata as prpsinfo */ + if (! bfd_prpsinfo (abfd, descdata, i_note.descsz, filepos)) + return false; + sectname = ".prpsinfo"; + break; + default: + /* Unknown descriptor, just ignore it. */ + sectname = NULL; + break; + } + if (sectname != NULL) + { + newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, sectname); + if (newsect == NULL) + return false; + newsect->_raw_size = i_note.descsz; + newsect->filepos = filepos; + newsect->flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; + newsect->alignment_power = 2; + } + x_note_p = (Elf_External_Note *) + (descdata + BFD_ALIGN (i_note.descsz, 4)); + } + } + if (buf != NULL) + { + free (buf); + } + else if (hdr->p_filesz > 0) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); + return false; + } + return true; + +} + +/* Core files are simply standard ELF formatted files that partition + the file using the execution view of the file (program header table) + rather than the linking view. In fact, there is no section header + table in a core file. + + The process status information (including the contents of the general + register set) and the floating point register set are stored in a + segment of type PT_NOTE. We handcraft a couple of extra bfd sections + that allow standard bfd access to the general registers (.reg) and the + floating point registers (.reg2). + + */ + +const bfd_target * +elf_core_file_p (abfd) + bfd *abfd; +{ + Elf_External_Ehdr x_ehdr; /* Elf file header, external form */ + Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */ + Elf_External_Phdr x_phdr; /* Program header table entry, external form */ + Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp; /* Program header table, internal form */ + unsigned int phindex; + struct elf_backend_data *ebd; + + /* Read in the ELF header in external format. */ + + if (bfd_read ((PTR) & x_ehdr, sizeof (x_ehdr), 1, abfd) != sizeof (x_ehdr)) + { + if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call) + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); + return NULL; + } + + /* Now check to see if we have a valid ELF file, and one that BFD can + make use of. The magic number must match, the address size ('class') + and byte-swapping must match our XVEC entry, and it must have a + program header table (FIXME: See comments re segments at top of this + file). */ + + if (elf_file_p (&x_ehdr) == false) + { + wrong: + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); + return NULL; + } + + /* FIXME, Check EI_VERSION here ! */ + + { +#if ARCH_SIZE == 32 + int desired_address_size = ELFCLASS32; +#endif +#if ARCH_SIZE == 64 + int desired_address_size = ELFCLASS64; +#endif + + if (x_ehdr.e_ident[EI_CLASS] != desired_address_size) + goto wrong; + } + + /* Switch xvec to match the specified byte order. */ + switch (x_ehdr.e_ident[EI_DATA]) + { + case ELFDATA2MSB: /* Big-endian */ + if (abfd->xvec->byteorder_big_p == false) + goto wrong; + break; + case ELFDATA2LSB: /* Little-endian */ + if (abfd->xvec->byteorder_big_p == true) + goto wrong; + break; + case ELFDATANONE: /* No data encoding specified */ + default: /* Unknown data encoding specified */ + goto wrong; + } + + /* Allocate an instance of the elf_obj_tdata structure and hook it up to + the tdata pointer in the bfd. */ + + elf_tdata (abfd) = + (struct elf_obj_tdata *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata)); + if (elf_tdata (abfd) == NULL) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); + return NULL; + } + + /* FIXME, `wrong' returns from this point onward, leak memory. */ + + /* Now that we know the byte order, swap in the rest of the header */ + i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); + elf_swap_ehdr_in (abfd, &x_ehdr, i_ehdrp); +#if DEBUG & 1 + elf_debug_file (i_ehdrp); +#endif + + ebd = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + + /* Check that the ELF e_machine field matches what this particular + BFD format expects. */ + if (ebd->elf_machine_code != i_ehdrp->e_machine + && (ebd->elf_machine_alt1 == 0 || i_ehdrp->e_machine != ebd->elf_machine_alt1) + && (ebd->elf_machine_alt2 == 0 || i_ehdrp->e_machine != ebd->elf_machine_alt2)) + { + const bfd_target * const *target_ptr; + + if (ebd->elf_machine_code != EM_NONE) + goto wrong; + + /* This is the generic ELF target. Let it match any ELF target + for which we do not have a specific backend. */ + for (target_ptr = bfd_target_vector; *target_ptr != NULL; target_ptr++) + { + struct elf_backend_data *back; + + if ((*target_ptr)->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) + continue; + back = (struct elf_backend_data *) (*target_ptr)->backend_data; + if (back->elf_machine_code == i_ehdrp->e_machine) + { + /* target_ptr is an ELF backend which matches this + object file, so reject the generic ELF target. */ + goto wrong; + } + } + } + + /* If there is no program header, or the type is not a core file, then + we are hosed. */ + if (i_ehdrp->e_phoff == 0 || i_ehdrp->e_type != ET_CORE) + goto wrong; + + /* Allocate space for a copy of the program header table in + internal form, seek to the program header table in the file, + read it in, and convert it to internal form. As a simple sanity + check, verify that the what BFD thinks is the size of each program + header table entry actually matches the size recorded in the file. */ + + if (i_ehdrp->e_phentsize != sizeof (x_phdr)) + goto wrong; + i_phdrp = (Elf_Internal_Phdr *) + bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*i_phdrp) * i_ehdrp->e_phnum); + if (!i_phdrp) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); + return NULL; + } + if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_ehdrp->e_phoff, SEEK_SET) == -1) + return NULL; + for (phindex = 0; phindex < i_ehdrp->e_phnum; phindex++) + { + if (bfd_read ((PTR) & x_phdr, sizeof (x_phdr), 1, abfd) + != sizeof (x_phdr)) + return NULL; + elf_swap_phdr_in (abfd, &x_phdr, i_phdrp + phindex); + } + + /* Once all of the program headers have been read and converted, we + can start processing them. */ + + for (phindex = 0; phindex < i_ehdrp->e_phnum; phindex++) + { + bfd_section_from_phdr (abfd, i_phdrp + phindex, phindex); + if ((i_phdrp + phindex)->p_type == PT_NOTE) + { + if (! elf_corefile_note (abfd, i_phdrp + phindex)) + return NULL; + } + } + + /* Remember the entry point specified in the ELF file header. */ + + bfd_get_start_address (abfd) = i_ehdrp->e_entry; + + return abfd->xvec; +} diff --git a/bfd/elflink.c b/bfd/elflink.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..123bccd --- /dev/null +++ b/bfd/elflink.c @@ -0,0 +1,204 @@ +/* ELF linking support for BFD. + Copyright 1993, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. + +This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +(at your option) any later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ + +#include "bfd.h" +#include "sysdep.h" +#include "bfdlink.h" +#include "libbfd.h" +#define ARCH_SIZE 0 +#include "libelf.h" + +boolean +_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info) + bfd *abfd; + struct bfd_link_info *info; +{ + flagword flags; + register asection *s; + struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; + struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + + /* This function may be called more than once. */ + if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got") != NULL) + return true; + + flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY; + + s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".got"); + if (s == NULL + || !bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags) + || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 2)) + return false; + + if (bed->want_got_plt) + { + s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".got.plt"); + if (s == NULL + || !bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags) + || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 2)) + return false; + } + + /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the .got + (or .got.plt) section. We don't do this in the linker script + because we don't want to define the symbol if we are not creating + a global offset table. */ + h = NULL; + if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol + (info, abfd, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s, (bfd_vma) 0, + (const char *) NULL, false, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, + (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) &h))) + return false; + h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR; + h->type = STT_OBJECT; + + if (info->shared + && ! _bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) + return false; + + /* The first three global offset table entries are reserved. */ + s->_raw_size += 3 * 4; + + return true; +} + +/* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */ + +boolean +_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info) + bfd *abfd; + struct bfd_link_info *info; +{ + flagword flags; + register asection *s; + struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + + /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and + .rel[a].bss sections. */ + + flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY; + + s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".plt"); + if (s == NULL + || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, + (flags | SEC_CODE + | (bed->plt_readonly ? SEC_READONLY : 0))) + || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 2)) + return false; + + if (bed->want_plt_sym) + { + /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the + .plt section. */ + struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL; + if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol + (info, abfd, "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s, + (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, false, + get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, + (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) &h))) + return false; + h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR; + h->type = STT_OBJECT; + + if (info->shared + && ! _bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) + return false; + } + + s = bfd_make_section (abfd, bed->use_rela_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt"); + if (s == NULL + || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_READONLY) + || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 2)) + return false; + + if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info)) + return false; + + /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined + by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are + not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process + image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to + initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss + section into the .bss section of the final image. */ + s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".dynbss"); + if (s == NULL + || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, SEC_ALLOC)) + return false; + + /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not + normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the + linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it + only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it + until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the + main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files + (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been + mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to + be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this + section when generating a shared object, since they do not use + copy relocs. */ + if (! info->shared) + { + s = bfd_make_section (abfd, bed->use_rela_p ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"); + if (s == NULL + || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_READONLY) + || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 2)) + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +/* Record a new dynamic symbol. We record the dynamic symbols as we + read the input files, since we need to have a list of all of them + before we can determine the final sizes of the output sections. + Note that we may actually call this function even though we are not + going to output any dynamic symbols; in some cases we know that a + symbol should be in the dynamic symbol table, but only if there is + one. */ + +boolean +_bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h) + struct bfd_link_info *info; + struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; +{ + if (h->dynindx == -1) + { + struct bfd_strtab_hash *dynstr; + + h->dynindx = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount; + ++elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount; + + dynstr = elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr; + if (dynstr == NULL) + { + /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */ + elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr = dynstr = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (); + if (dynstr == NULL) + return false; + } + + h->dynstr_index = ((unsigned long) + _bfd_stringtab_add (dynstr, h->root.root.string, + true, false)); + if (h->dynstr_index == (unsigned long) -1) + return false; + } + + return true; +} diff --git a/bfd/elflink.h b/bfd/elflink.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c474959 --- /dev/null +++ b/bfd/elflink.h @@ -0,0 +1,3018 @@ +/* ELF linker code. */ + +static boolean elf_link_add_object_symbols + PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *)); +static boolean elf_link_add_archive_symbols + PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *)); +static Elf_Internal_Rela *elf_link_read_relocs + PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR, Elf_Internal_Rela *, boolean)); +static boolean elf_export_symbol + PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR)); +static boolean elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol + PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR)); + +/* This struct is used to pass information to routines called via + elf_link_hash_traverse which must return failure. */ + +struct elf_info_failed +{ + boolean failed; + struct bfd_link_info *info; +}; + +/* Given an ELF BFD, add symbols to the global hash table as + appropriate. */ + +boolean +elf_bfd_link_add_symbols (abfd, info) + bfd *abfd; + struct bfd_link_info *info; +{ + bfd *first; + + switch (bfd_get_format (abfd)) + { + case bfd_object: + return elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd, info); + case bfd_archive: + first = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (abfd, (bfd *) NULL); + if (first == NULL) + { + /* It's OK to have an empty archive. */ + return true; + } + if (! bfd_check_format (first, bfd_object)) + return false; + if (bfd_get_flavour (first) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) + { + /* On Linux, we may have an a.out archive which got + recognized as an ELF archive. Therefore, we treat all + archives as though they were actually of the flavour of + their first element. */ + return (*first->xvec->_bfd_link_add_symbols) (abfd, info); + } + return elf_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd, info); + default: + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); + return false; + } +} + +/* Add symbols from an ELF archive file to the linker hash table. We + don't use _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols because of a + problem which arises on UnixWare. The UnixWare libc.so is an + archive which includes an entry libc.so.1 which defines a bunch of + symbols. The libc.so archive also includes a number of other + object files, which also define symbols, some of which are the same + as those defined in libc.so.1. Correct linking requires that we + consider each object file in turn, and include it if it defines any + symbols we need. _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols does not do + this; it looks through the list of undefined symbols, and includes + any object file which defines them. When this algorithm is used on + UnixWare, it winds up pulling in libc.so.1 early and defining a + bunch of symbols. This means that some of the other objects in the + archive are not included in the link, which is incorrect since they + precede libc.so.1 in the archive. + + Fortunately, ELF archive handling is simpler than that done by + _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols, which has to allow for a.out + oddities. In ELF, if we find a symbol in the archive map, and the + symbol is currently undefined, we know that we must pull in that + object file. + + Unfortunately, we do have to make multiple passes over the symbol + table until nothing further is resolved. */ + +static boolean +elf_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd, info) + bfd *abfd; + struct bfd_link_info *info; +{ + symindex c; + boolean *defined = NULL; + boolean *included = NULL; + carsym *symdefs; + boolean loop; + + if (! bfd_has_map (abfd)) + { + /* An empty archive is a special case. */ + if (bfd_openr_next_archived_file (abfd, (bfd *) NULL) == NULL) + return true; + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_armap); + return false; + } + + /* Keep track of all symbols we know to be already defined, and all + files we know to be already included. This is to speed up the + second and subsequent passes. */ + c = bfd_ardata (abfd)->symdef_count; + if (c == 0) + return true; + defined = (boolean *) malloc (c * sizeof (boolean)); + included = (boolean *) malloc (c * sizeof (boolean)); + if (defined == (boolean *) NULL || included == (boolean *) NULL) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); + goto error_return; + } + memset (defined, 0, c * sizeof (boolean)); + memset (included, 0, c * sizeof (boolean)); + + symdefs = bfd_ardata (abfd)->symdefs; + + do + { + file_ptr last; + symindex i; + carsym *symdef; + carsym *symdefend; + + loop = false; + last = -1; + + symdef = symdefs; + symdefend = symdef + c; + for (i = 0; symdef < symdefend; symdef++, i++) + { + struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; + bfd *element; + struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs_tail; + symindex mark; + + if (defined[i] || included[i]) + continue; + if (symdef->file_offset == last) + { + included[i] = true; + continue; + } + + h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), symdef->name, + false, false, false); + if (h == (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) NULL) + continue; + if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined) + { + defined[i] = true; + continue; + } + + /* We need to include this archive member. */ + + element = _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd, symdef->file_offset); + if (element == (bfd *) NULL) + goto error_return; + + if (! bfd_check_format (element, bfd_object)) + goto error_return; + + /* Doublecheck that we have not included this object + already--it should be impossible, but there may be + something wrong with the archive. */ + if (element->archive_pass != 0) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); + goto error_return; + } + element->archive_pass = 1; + + undefs_tail = info->hash->undefs_tail; + + if (! (*info->callbacks->add_archive_element) (info, element, + symdef->name)) + goto error_return; + if (! elf_link_add_object_symbols (element, info)) + goto error_return; + + /* If there are any new undefined symbols, we need to make + another pass through the archive in order to see whether + they can be defined. FIXME: This isn't perfect, because + common symbols wind up on undefs_tail and because an + undefined symbol which is defined later on in this pass + does not require another pass. This isn't a bug, but it + does make the code less efficient than it could be. */ + if (undefs_tail != info->hash->undefs_tail) + loop = true; + + /* Look backward to mark all symbols from this object file + which we have already seen in this pass. */ + mark = i; + do + { + included[mark] = true; + if (mark == 0) + break; + --mark; + } + while (symdefs[mark].file_offset == symdef->file_offset); + + /* We mark subsequent symbols from this object file as we go + on through the loop. */ + last = symdef->file_offset; + } + } + while (loop); + + free (defined); + free (included); + + return true; + + error_return: + if (defined != (boolean *) NULL) + free (defined); + if (included != (boolean *) NULL) + free (included); + return false; +} + +/* Add symbols from an ELF object file to the linker hash table. */ + +static boolean +elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd, info) + bfd *abfd; + struct bfd_link_info *info; +{ + boolean (*add_symbol_hook) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, + const Elf_Internal_Sym *, + const char **, flagword *, + asection **, bfd_vma *)); + boolean (*check_relocs) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, + asection *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *)); + boolean collect; + Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; + size_t symcount; + size_t extsymcount; + size_t extsymoff; + Elf_External_Sym *buf = NULL; + struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hash; + boolean dynamic; + Elf_External_Dyn *dynbuf = NULL; + struct elf_link_hash_entry *weaks; + Elf_External_Sym *esym; + Elf_External_Sym *esymend; + + add_symbol_hook = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_add_symbol_hook; + collect = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect; + + /* A stripped shared library might only have a dynamic symbol table, + not a regular symbol table. In that case we can still go ahead + and link using the dynamic symbol table. */ + if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 + && elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0) + { + elf_onesymtab (abfd) = elf_dynsymtab (abfd); + elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr; + } + + hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; + symcount = hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf_External_Sym); + + /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the + external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at + this point. */ + if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) + { + extsymcount = symcount; + extsymoff = 0; + } + else + { + extsymcount = symcount - hdr->sh_info; + extsymoff = hdr->sh_info; + } + + buf = (Elf_External_Sym *) malloc (extsymcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym)); + if (buf == NULL && extsymcount != 0) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); + goto error_return; + } + + /* We store a pointer to the hash table entry for each external + symbol. */ + sym_hash = ((struct elf_link_hash_entry **) + bfd_alloc (abfd, + extsymcount * sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry *))); + if (sym_hash == NULL) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); + goto error_return; + } + elf_sym_hashes (abfd) = sym_hash; + + if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type != ET_DYN) + { + dynamic = false; + + /* If we are creating a shared library, create all the dynamic + sections immediately. We need to attach them to something, + so we attach them to this BFD, provided it is the right + format. FIXME: If there are no input BFD's of the same + format as the output, we can't make a shared library. */ + if (info->shared + && ! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created + && abfd->xvec == info->hash->creator) + { + if (! elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info)) + goto error_return; + } + } + else + { + asection *s; + boolean add_needed; + const char *name; + bfd_size_type oldsize; + bfd_size_type strindex; + + dynamic = true; + + /* You can't use -r against a dynamic object. Also, there's no + hope of using a dynamic object which does not exactly match + the format of the output file. */ + if (info->relocateable + || info->hash->creator != abfd->xvec) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); + goto error_return; + } + + /* Find the name to use in a DT_NEEDED entry that refers to this + object. If the object has a DT_SONAME entry, we use it. + Otherwise, if the generic linker stuck something in + elf_dt_needed_name, we use that. Otherwise, we just use the + file name. If the generic linker put a null string into + elf_dt_needed_name, we don't make a DT_NEEDED entry at all, + even if there is a DT_SONAME entry. */ + add_needed = true; + name = bfd_get_filename (abfd); + if (elf_dt_needed_name (abfd) != NULL) + { + name = elf_dt_needed_name (abfd); + if (*name == '\0') + add_needed = false; + } + s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); + if (s != NULL) + { + Elf_External_Dyn *extdyn; + Elf_External_Dyn *extdynend; + int elfsec; + unsigned long link; + + dynbuf = (Elf_External_Dyn *) malloc (s->_raw_size); + if (dynbuf == NULL) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); + goto error_return; + } + + if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, s, (PTR) dynbuf, + (file_ptr) 0, s->_raw_size)) + goto error_return; + + elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s); + if (elfsec == -1) + goto error_return; + link = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link; + + extdyn = dynbuf; + extdynend = extdyn + s->_raw_size / sizeof (Elf_External_Dyn); + for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn++) + { + Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; + + elf_swap_dyn_in (abfd, extdyn, &dyn); + if (add_needed && dyn.d_tag == DT_SONAME) + { + name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, link, + dyn.d_un.d_val); + if (name == NULL) + goto error_return; + } + if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NEEDED) + { + struct bfd_elf_link_needed_list *n, **pn; + char *fnm, *anm; + + n = bfd_alloc (abfd, + sizeof (struct bfd_elf_link_needed_list)); + fnm = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, link, + dyn.d_un.d_val); + if (n == NULL || fnm == NULL) + goto error_return; + anm = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (fnm) + 1); + if (anm == NULL) + goto error_return; + strcpy (anm, fnm); + n->name = anm; + n->by = abfd; + n->next = NULL; + for (pn = &elf_hash_table (info)->needed; + *pn != NULL; + pn = &(*pn)->next) + ; + *pn = n; + } + } + + free (dynbuf); + dynbuf = NULL; + } + + /* We do not want to include any of the sections in a dynamic + object in the output file. We hack by simply clobbering the + list of sections in the BFD. This could be handled more + cleanly by, say, a new section flag; the existing + SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag is not the one we want, because that one + still implies that the section takes up space in the output + file. */ + abfd->sections = NULL; + + /* If this is the first dynamic object found in the link, create + the special sections required for dynamic linking. */ + if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) + { + if (! elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info)) + goto error_return; + } + + if (add_needed) + { + /* Add a DT_NEEDED entry for this dynamic object. */ + oldsize = _bfd_stringtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr); + strindex = _bfd_stringtab_add (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr, name, + true, false); + if (strindex == (bfd_size_type) -1) + goto error_return; + + if (oldsize == _bfd_stringtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr)) + { + asection *sdyn; + Elf_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend; + + /* The hash table size did not change, which means that + the dynamic object name was already entered. If we + have already included this dynamic object in the + link, just ignore it. There is no reason to include + a particular dynamic object more than once. */ + sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, + ".dynamic"); + BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL); + + dyncon = (Elf_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents; + dynconend = (Elf_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + + sdyn->_raw_size); + for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++) + { + Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; + + elf_swap_dyn_in (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, dyncon, + &dyn); + if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NEEDED + && dyn.d_un.d_val == strindex) + { + if (buf != NULL) + free (buf); + return true; + } + } + } + + if (! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_NEEDED, strindex)) + goto error_return; + } + } + + if (bfd_seek (abfd, + hdr->sh_offset + extsymoff * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym), + SEEK_SET) != 0 + || (bfd_read ((PTR) buf, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym), extsymcount, abfd) + != extsymcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym))) + goto error_return; + + weaks = NULL; + + esymend = buf + extsymcount; + for (esym = buf; esym < esymend; esym++, sym_hash++) + { + Elf_Internal_Sym sym; + int bind; + bfd_vma value; + asection *sec; + flagword flags; + const char *name; + struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL; + boolean definition; + + elf_swap_symbol_in (abfd, esym, &sym); + + flags = BSF_NO_FLAGS; + sec = NULL; + value = sym.st_value; + *sym_hash = NULL; + + bind = ELF_ST_BIND (sym.st_info); + if (bind == STB_LOCAL) + { + /* This should be impossible, since ELF requires that all + global symbols follow all local symbols, and that sh_info + point to the first global symbol. Unfortunatealy, Irix 5 + screws this up. */ + continue; + } + else if (bind == STB_GLOBAL) + { + if (sym.st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF + && sym.st_shndx != SHN_COMMON) + flags = BSF_GLOBAL; + else + flags = 0; + } + else if (bind == STB_WEAK) + flags = BSF_WEAK; + else + { + /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */ + } + + if (sym.st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF) + sec = bfd_und_section_ptr; + else if (sym.st_shndx > 0 && sym.st_shndx < SHN_LORESERVE) + { + sec = section_from_elf_index (abfd, sym.st_shndx); + if (sec != NULL) + value -= sec->vma; + else + sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr; + } + else if (sym.st_shndx == SHN_ABS) + sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr; + else if (sym.st_shndx == SHN_COMMON) + { + sec = bfd_com_section_ptr; + /* What ELF calls the size we call the value. What ELF + calls the value we call the alignment. */ + value = sym.st_size; + } + else + { + /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */ + } + + name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, sym.st_name); + if (name == (const char *) NULL) + goto error_return; + + if (add_symbol_hook) + { + if (! (*add_symbol_hook) (abfd, info, &sym, &name, &flags, &sec, + &value)) + goto error_return; + + /* The hook function sets the name to NULL if this symbol + should be skipped for some reason. */ + if (name == (const char *) NULL) + continue; + } + + /* Sanity check that all possibilities were handled. */ + if (sec == (asection *) NULL) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); + goto error_return; + } + + if (bfd_is_und_section (sec) + || bfd_is_com_section (sec)) + definition = false; + else + definition = true; + + if (info->hash->creator->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour) + { + /* We need to look up the symbol now in order to get some of + the dynamic object handling right. We pass the hash + table entry in to _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol so + that it does not have to look it up again. */ + h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), name, + true, false, false); + if (h == NULL) + goto error_return; + *sym_hash = h; + + /* If we are looking at a dynamic object, and this is a + definition, we need to see if it has already been defined + by some other object. If it has, we want to use the + existing definition, and we do not want to report a + multiple symbol definition error; we do this by + clobbering sec to be bfd_und_section_ptr. */ + if (dynamic && definition) + { + if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined + || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) + sec = bfd_und_section_ptr; + } + + /* Similarly, if we are not looking at a dynamic object, and + we have a definition, we want to override any definition + we may have from a dynamic object. Symbols from regular + files always take precedence over symbols from dynamic + objects, even if they are defined after the dynamic + object in the link. */ + if (! dynamic + && definition + && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined + || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) + && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0 + && (bfd_get_flavour (h->root.u.def.section->owner) + == bfd_target_elf_flavour) + && (elf_elfheader (h->root.u.def.section->owner)->e_type + == ET_DYN)) + { + /* Change the hash table entry to undefined, and let + _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the right thing + with the new definition. */ + h->root.type = bfd_link_hash_undefined; + h->root.u.undef.abfd = h->root.u.def.section->owner; + } + } + + if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol + (info, abfd, name, flags, sec, value, (const char *) NULL, + false, collect, (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) sym_hash))) + goto error_return; + + if (dynamic + && definition + && (flags & BSF_WEAK) != 0 + && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym.st_info) != STT_FUNC + && info->hash->creator->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour + && (*sym_hash)->weakdef == NULL) + { + /* Keep a list of all weak defined non function symbols from + a dynamic object, using the weakdef field. Later in this + function we will set the weakdef field to the correct + value. We only put non-function symbols from dynamic + objects on this list, because that happens to be the only + time we need to know the normal symbol corresponding to a + weak symbol, and the information is time consuming to + figure out. If the weakdef field is not already NULL, + then this symbol was already defined by some previous + dynamic object, and we will be using that previous + definition anyhow. */ + + (*sym_hash)->weakdef = weaks; + weaks = *sym_hash; + } + + /* Get the alignment of a common symbol. */ + if (sym.st_shndx == SHN_COMMON + && (*sym_hash)->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common) + (*sym_hash)->root.u.c.p->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (sym.st_value); + + if (info->hash->creator->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour) + { + int old_flags; + boolean dynsym; + int new_flag; + + /* Remember the symbol size and type. */ + if (sym.st_size != 0) + { + /* FIXME: We should probably somehow give a warning if + the symbol size changes. */ + h->size = sym.st_size; + } + if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym.st_info) != STT_NOTYPE) + { + /* FIXME: We should probably somehow give a warning if + the symbol type changes. */ + h->type = ELF_ST_TYPE (sym.st_info); + } + + /* Set a flag in the hash table entry indicating the type of + reference or definition we just found. Keep a count of + the number of dynamic symbols we find. A dynamic symbol + is one which is referenced or defined by both a regular + object and a shared object, or one which is referenced or + defined by more than one shared object. */ + old_flags = h->elf_link_hash_flags; + dynsym = false; + if (! dynamic) + { + if (! definition) + new_flag = ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR; + else + new_flag = ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR; + if (info->shared + || (old_flags & (ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC + | ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC)) != 0) + dynsym = true; + } + else + { + if (! definition) + new_flag = ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC; + else + new_flag = ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC; + if ((old_flags & new_flag) != 0 + || (old_flags & (ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR + | ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR)) != 0) + dynsym = true; + } + + h->elf_link_hash_flags |= new_flag; + if (dynsym && h->dynindx == -1) + { + if (! _bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) + goto error_return; + } + } + } + + /* Now set the weakdefs field correctly for all the weak defined + symbols we found. The only way to do this is to search all the + symbols. Since we only need the information for non functions in + dynamic objects, that's the only time we actually put anything on + the list WEAKS. We need this information so that if a regular + object refers to a symbol defined weakly in a dynamic object, the + real symbol in the dynamic object is also put in the dynamic + symbols; we also must arrange for both symbols to point to the + same memory location. We could handle the general case of symbol + aliasing, but a general symbol alias can only be generated in + assembler code, handling it correctly would be very time + consuming, and other ELF linkers don't handle general aliasing + either. */ + while (weaks != NULL) + { + struct elf_link_hash_entry *hlook; + asection *slook; + bfd_vma vlook; + struct elf_link_hash_entry **hpp; + struct elf_link_hash_entry **hppend; + + hlook = weaks; + weaks = hlook->weakdef; + hlook->weakdef = NULL; + + BFD_ASSERT (hlook->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined + || hlook->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak + || hlook->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common + || hlook->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect); + slook = hlook->root.u.def.section; + vlook = hlook->root.u.def.value; + + hpp = elf_sym_hashes (abfd); + hppend = hpp + extsymcount; + for (; hpp < hppend; hpp++) + { + struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; + + h = *hpp; + if (h != NULL && h != hlook + && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined + || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) + && h->root.u.def.section == slook + && h->root.u.def.value == vlook) + { + hlook->weakdef = h; + + /* If the weak definition is in the list of dynamic + symbols, make sure the real definition is put there + as well. */ + if (hlook->dynindx != -1 + && h->dynindx == -1) + { + if (! _bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) + goto error_return; + } + + break; + } + } + } + + if (buf != NULL) + { + free (buf); + buf = NULL; + } + + /* If this object is the same format as the output object, and it is + not a shared library, then let the backend look through the + relocs. + + This is required to build global offset table entries and to + arrange for dynamic relocs. It is not required for the + particular common case of linking non PIC code, even when linking + against shared libraries, but unfortunately there is no way of + knowing whether an object file has been compiled PIC or not. + Looking through the relocs is not particularly time consuming. + The problem is that we must either (1) keep the relocs in memory, + which causes the linker to require additional runtime memory or + (2) read the relocs twice from the input file, which wastes time. + This would be a good case for using mmap. + + I have no idea how to handle linking PIC code into a file of a + different format. It probably can't be done. */ + check_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->check_relocs; + if (! dynamic + && abfd->xvec == info->hash->creator + && check_relocs != NULL) + { + asection *o; + + for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) + { + Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs; + boolean ok; + + if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0 + || o->reloc_count == 0) + continue; + + /* I believe we can ignore the relocs for any section which + does not form part of the final process image, such as a + debugging section. */ + if ((o->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0) + continue; + + internal_relocs = elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, (PTR) NULL, + (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, + info->keep_memory); + if (internal_relocs == NULL) + goto error_return; + + ok = (*check_relocs) (abfd, info, o, internal_relocs); + + if (! info->keep_memory) + free (internal_relocs); + + if (! ok) + goto error_return; + } + } + + return true; + + error_return: + if (buf != NULL) + free (buf); + if (dynbuf != NULL) + free (dynbuf); + return false; +} + +/* Create some sections which will be filled in with dynamic linking + information. ABFD is an input file which requires dynamic sections + to be created. The dynamic sections take up virtual memory space + when the final executable is run, so we need to create them before + addresses are assigned to the output sections. We work out the + actual contents and size of these sections later. */ + +boolean +elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info) + bfd *abfd; + struct bfd_link_info *info; +{ + flagword flags; + register asection *s; + struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; + struct elf_backend_data *bed; + + if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) + return true; + + /* Make sure that all dynamic sections use the same input BFD. */ + if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj == NULL) + elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = abfd; + else + abfd = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; + + /* Note that we set the SEC_IN_MEMORY flag for all of these + sections. */ + flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY; + + /* A dynamically linked executable has a .interp section, but a + shared library does not. */ + if (! info->shared) + { + s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".interp"); + if (s == NULL + || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_READONLY)) + return false; + } + + s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".dynsym"); + if (s == NULL + || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_READONLY) + || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, LOG_FILE_ALIGN)) + return false; + + s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".dynstr"); + if (s == NULL + || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_READONLY)) + return false; + + /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */ + if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr == NULL) + { + elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr = elf_stringtab_init (); + if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr == NULL) + return false; + } + + s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".dynamic"); + if (s == NULL + || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags) + || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, LOG_FILE_ALIGN)) + return false; + + /* The special symbol _DYNAMIC is always set to the start of the + .dynamic section. This call occurs before we have processed the + symbols for any dynamic object, so we don't have to worry about + overriding a dynamic definition. We could set _DYNAMIC in a + linker script, but we only want to define it if we are, in fact, + creating a .dynamic section. We don't want to define it if there + is no .dynamic section, since on some ELF platforms the start up + code examines it to decide how to initialize the process. */ + h = NULL; + if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol + (info, abfd, "_DYNAMIC", BSF_GLOBAL, s, (bfd_vma) 0, + (const char *) NULL, false, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, + (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) &h))) + return false; + h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR; + h->type = STT_OBJECT; + + if (info->shared + && ! _bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) + return false; + + s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".hash"); + if (s == NULL + || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_READONLY) + || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, LOG_FILE_ALIGN)) + return false; + + /* Let the backend create the rest of the sections. This lets the + backend set the right flags. The backend will normally create + the .got and .plt sections. */ + bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + if (! (*bed->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections) (abfd, info)) + return false; + + elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created = true; + + return true; +} + +/* Add an entry to the .dynamic table. */ + +boolean +elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val) + struct bfd_link_info *info; + bfd_vma tag; + bfd_vma val; +{ + Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; + bfd *dynobj; + asection *s; + size_t newsize; + bfd_byte *newcontents; + + dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; + + s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic"); + BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); + + newsize = s->_raw_size + sizeof (Elf_External_Dyn); + if (s->contents == NULL) + newcontents = (bfd_byte *) malloc (newsize); + else + newcontents = (bfd_byte *) realloc (s->contents, newsize); + if (newcontents == NULL) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); + return false; + } + + dyn.d_tag = tag; + dyn.d_un.d_val = val; + elf_swap_dyn_out (dynobj, &dyn, + (Elf_External_Dyn *) (newcontents + s->_raw_size)); + + s->_raw_size = newsize; + s->contents = newcontents; + + return true; +} + +/* Read and swap the relocs for a section. They may have been cached. + If the EXTERNAL_RELOCS and INTERNAL_RELOCS arguments are not NULL, + they are used as buffers to read into. They are known to be large + enough. If the INTERNAL_RELOCS relocs argument is NULL, the return + value is allocated using either malloc or bfd_alloc, according to + the KEEP_MEMORY argument. */ + +static Elf_Internal_Rela * +elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, external_relocs, internal_relocs, keep_memory) + bfd *abfd; + asection *o; + PTR external_relocs; + Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs; + boolean keep_memory; +{ + Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; + PTR alloc1 = NULL; + Elf_Internal_Rela *alloc2 = NULL; + + if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != NULL) + return elf_section_data (o)->relocs; + + if (o->reloc_count == 0) + return NULL; + + rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (o)->rel_hdr; + + if (internal_relocs == NULL) + { + size_t size; + + size = o->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela); + if (keep_memory) + internal_relocs = (Elf_Internal_Rela *) bfd_alloc (abfd, size); + else + internal_relocs = alloc2 = (Elf_Internal_Rela *) malloc (size); + if (internal_relocs == NULL) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); + goto error_return; + } + } + + if (external_relocs == NULL) + { + alloc1 = (PTR) malloc (rel_hdr->sh_size); + if (alloc1 == NULL) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); + goto error_return; + } + external_relocs = alloc1; + } + + if ((bfd_seek (abfd, rel_hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0) + || (bfd_read (external_relocs, 1, rel_hdr->sh_size, abfd) + != rel_hdr->sh_size)) + goto error_return; + + /* Swap in the relocs. For convenience, we always produce an + Elf_Internal_Rela array; if the relocs are Rel, we set the addend + to 0. */ + if (rel_hdr->sh_entsize == sizeof (Elf_External_Rel)) + { + Elf_External_Rel *erel; + Elf_External_Rel *erelend; + Elf_Internal_Rela *irela; + + erel = (Elf_External_Rel *) external_relocs; + erelend = erel + o->reloc_count; + irela = internal_relocs; + for (; erel < erelend; erel++, irela++) + { + Elf_Internal_Rel irel; + + elf_swap_reloc_in (abfd, erel, &irel); + irela->r_offset = irel.r_offset; + irela->r_info = irel.r_info; + irela->r_addend = 0; + } + } + else + { + Elf_External_Rela *erela; + Elf_External_Rela *erelaend; + Elf_Internal_Rela *irela; + + BFD_ASSERT (rel_hdr->sh_entsize == sizeof (Elf_External_Rela)); + + erela = (Elf_External_Rela *) external_relocs; + erelaend = erela + o->reloc_count; + irela = internal_relocs; + for (; erela < erelaend; erela++, irela++) + elf_swap_reloca_in (abfd, erela, irela); + } + + /* Cache the results for next time, if we can. */ + if (keep_memory) + elf_section_data (o)->relocs = internal_relocs; + + if (alloc1 != NULL) + free (alloc1); + + /* Don't free alloc2, since if it was allocated we are passing it + back (under the name of internal_relocs). */ + + return internal_relocs; + + error_return: + if (alloc1 != NULL) + free (alloc1); + if (alloc2 != NULL) + free (alloc2); + return NULL; +} + +/* Record an assignment to a symbol made by a linker script. We need + this in case some dynamic object refers to this symbol. */ + +/*ARGSUSED*/ +boolean +NAME(bfd_elf,record_link_assignment) (output_bfd, info, name, provide) + bfd *output_bfd; + struct bfd_link_info *info; + const char *name; + boolean provide; +{ + struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; + + if (info->hash->creator->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) + return true; + + h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), name, true, true, false); + if (h == NULL) + return false; + + /* If this symbol is being provided by the linker script, and it is + currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular + object, then mark it as undefined so that the generic linker will + force the correct value. */ + if (provide + && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0 + && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0) + h->root.type = bfd_link_hash_undefined; + + h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR; + h->type = STT_OBJECT; + + if (((h->elf_link_hash_flags & (ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC + | ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC)) != 0 + || info->shared) + && h->dynindx == -1) + { + if (! _bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) + return false; + + /* If this is a weak defined symbol, and we know a corresponding + real symbol from the same dynamic object, make sure the real + symbol is also made into a dynamic symbol. */ + if (h->weakdef != NULL + && h->weakdef->dynindx == -1) + { + if (! _bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h->weakdef)) + return false; + } + } + + return true; +} + +/* Array used to determine the number of hash table buckets to use + based on the number of symbols there are. If there are fewer than + 3 symbols we use 1 bucket, fewer than 17 symbols we use 3 buckets, + fewer than 37 we use 17 buckets, and so forth. We never use more + than 521 buckets. */ + +static const size_t elf_buckets[] = +{ + 1, 3, 17, 37, 67, 97, 131, 197, 263, 521, 0 +}; + +/* Set up the sizes and contents of the ELF dynamic sections. This is + called by the ELF linker emulation before_allocation routine. We + must set the sizes of the sections before the linker sets the + addresses of the various sections. */ + +boolean +NAME(bfd_elf,size_dynamic_sections) (output_bfd, soname, rpath, + export_dynamic, info, sinterpptr) + bfd *output_bfd; + const char *soname; + const char *rpath; + boolean export_dynamic; + struct bfd_link_info *info; + asection **sinterpptr; +{ + bfd *dynobj; + struct elf_backend_data *bed; + + *sinterpptr = NULL; + + if (info->hash->creator->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) + return true; + + dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; + + /* If there were no dynamic objects in the link, there is nothing to + do here. */ + if (dynobj == NULL) + return true; + + /* If we are supposed to export all symbols into the dynamic symbol + table (this is not the normal case), then do so. */ + if (export_dynamic) + { + struct elf_info_failed eif; + + eif.failed = false; + eif.info = info; + elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), elf_export_symbol, + (PTR) &eif); + if (eif.failed) + return false; + } + + if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) + { + struct elf_info_failed eif; + bfd_size_type strsize; + + *sinterpptr = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp"); + BFD_ASSERT (*sinterpptr != NULL || info->shared); + + if (soname != NULL) + { + bfd_size_type indx; + + indx = _bfd_stringtab_add (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr, soname, + true, true); + if (indx == (bfd_size_type) -1 + || ! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_SONAME, indx)) + return false; + } + + if (rpath != NULL) + { + bfd_size_type indx; + + indx = _bfd_stringtab_add (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr, rpath, + true, true); + if (indx == (bfd_size_type) -1 + || ! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_RPATH, indx)) + return false; + } + + /* Find all symbols which were defined in a dynamic object and make + the backend pick a reasonable value for them. */ + eif.failed = false; + eif.info = info; + elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), + elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, + (PTR) &eif); + if (eif.failed) + return false; + + /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in some of the + values later, in elf_bfd_final_link, but we must add the entries + now so that we know the final size of the .dynamic section. */ + if (elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), "_init", false, + false, false) != NULL) + { + if (! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_INIT, 0)) + return false; + } + if (elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), "_fini", false, + false, false) != NULL) + { + if (! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_FINI, 0)) + return false; + } + strsize = _bfd_stringtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr); + if (! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_HASH, 0) + || ! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_STRTAB, 0) + || ! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_SYMTAB, 0) + || ! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_STRSZ, strsize) + || ! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_SYMENT, + sizeof (Elf_External_Sym))) + return false; + } + + /* The backend must work out the sizes of all the other dynamic + sections. */ + bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd); + if (! (*bed->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections) (output_bfd, info)) + return false; + + if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) + { + size_t dynsymcount; + asection *s; + size_t i; + size_t bucketcount = 0; + Elf_Internal_Sym isym; + + /* Set the size of the .dynsym and .hash sections. We counted + the number of dynamic symbols in elf_link_add_object_symbols. + We will build the contents of .dynsym and .hash when we build + the final symbol table, because until then we do not know the + correct value to give the symbols. We built the .dynstr + section as we went along in elf_link_add_object_symbols. */ + dynsymcount = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount; + s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynsym"); + BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); + s->_raw_size = dynsymcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym); + s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd, s->_raw_size); + if (s->contents == NULL && s->_raw_size != 0) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); + return false; + } + + /* The first entry in .dynsym is a dummy symbol. */ + isym.st_value = 0; + isym.st_size = 0; + isym.st_name = 0; + isym.st_info = 0; + isym.st_other = 0; + isym.st_shndx = 0; + elf_swap_symbol_out (output_bfd, &isym, + (char *) (Elf_External_Sym *) s->contents); + + for (i = 0; elf_buckets[i] != 0; i++) + { + bucketcount = elf_buckets[i]; + if (dynsymcount < elf_buckets[i + 1]) + break; + } + + s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".hash"); + BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); + s->_raw_size = (2 + bucketcount + dynsymcount) * (ARCH_SIZE / 8); + s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd, s->_raw_size); + if (s->contents == NULL) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); + return false; + } + memset (s->contents, 0, s->_raw_size); + + put_word (output_bfd, bucketcount, s->contents); + put_word (output_bfd, dynsymcount, s->contents + (ARCH_SIZE / 8)); + + elf_hash_table (info)->bucketcount = bucketcount; + + s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynstr"); + BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); + s->_raw_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr); + + if (! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_NULL, 0)) + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +/* This routine is used to export all defined symbols into the dynamic + symbol table. It is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */ + +static boolean +elf_export_symbol (h, data) + struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; + PTR data; +{ + struct elf_info_failed *eif = (struct elf_info_failed *) data; + + if (h->dynindx == -1 + && (h->elf_link_hash_flags + & (ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR | ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR)) != 0) + { + if (! _bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif->info, h)) + { + eif->failed = true; + return false; + } + } + + return true; +} + +/* Make the backend pick a good value for a dynamic symbol. This is + called via elf_link_hash_traverse, and also calls itself + recursively. */ + +static boolean +elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (h, data) + struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; + PTR data; +{ + struct elf_info_failed *eif = (struct elf_info_failed *) data; + bfd *dynobj; + struct elf_backend_data *bed; + + /* If this symbol does not require a PLT entry, and it is not + defined by a dynamic object, or is not referenced by a regular + object, ignore it. FIXME: Do we need to worry about symbols + which are defined by one dynamic object and referenced by another + one? */ + if ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT) == 0 + && ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) != 0 + || (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) == 0 + || (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR) == 0)) + return true; + + /* If we've already adjusted this symbol, don't do it again. This + can happen via a recursive call. */ + if ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DYNAMIC_ADJUSTED) != 0) + return true; + + /* Don't look at this symbol again. Note that we must set this + after checking the above conditions, because we may look at a + symbol once, decide not to do anything, and then get called + recursively later after REF_REGULAR is set below. */ + h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DYNAMIC_ADJUSTED; + + /* If this is a weak definition, and we know a real definition, and + the real symbol is not itself defined by a regular object file, + then get a good value for the real definition. We handle the + real symbol first, for the convenience of the backend routine. + + Note that there is a confusing case here. If the real definition + is defined by a regular object file, we don't get the real symbol + from the dynamic object, but we do get the weak symbol. If the + processor backend uses a COPY reloc, then if some routine in the + dynamic object changes the real symbol, we will not see that + change in the corresponding weak symbol. This is the way other + ELF linkers work as well, and seems to be a result of the shared + library model. + + I will clarify this issue. Most SVR4 shared libraries define the + variable _timezone and define timezone as a weak synonym. The + tzset call changes _timezone. If you write + extern int timezone; + int _timezone = 5; + int main () { tzset (); printf ("%d %d\n", timezone, _timezone); } + you might expect that, since timezone is a synonym for _timezone, + the same number will print both times. However, if the processor + backend uses a COPY reloc, then actually timezone will be copied + into your process image, and, since you define _timezone + yourself, _timezone will not. Thus timezone and _timezone will + wind up at different memory locations. The tzset call will set + _timezone, leaving timezone unchanged. */ + + if (h->weakdef != NULL) + { + struct elf_link_hash_entry *weakdef; + + BFD_ASSERT (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined + || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak); + weakdef = h->weakdef; + BFD_ASSERT (weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined + || weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak); + BFD_ASSERT (weakdef->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC); + if ((weakdef->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) != 0) + { + /* This symbol is defined by a regular object file, so we + will not do anything special. Clear weakdef for the + convenience of the processor backend. */ + h->weakdef = NULL; + } + else + { + /* There is an implicit reference by a regular object file + via the weak symbol. */ + weakdef->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR; + if (! elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (weakdef, (PTR) eif)) + return false; + } + } + + dynobj = elf_hash_table (eif->info)->dynobj; + bed = get_elf_backend_data (dynobj); + if (! (*bed->elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol) (eif->info, h)) + { + eif->failed = true; + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +/* Final phase of ELF linker. */ + +/* A structure we use to avoid passing large numbers of arguments. */ + +struct elf_final_link_info +{ + /* General link information. */ + struct bfd_link_info *info; + /* Output BFD. */ + bfd *output_bfd; + /* Symbol string table. */ + struct bfd_strtab_hash *symstrtab; + /* .dynsym section. */ + asection *dynsym_sec; + /* .hash section. */ + asection *hash_sec; + /* Buffer large enough to hold contents of any section. */ + bfd_byte *contents; + /* Buffer large enough to hold external relocs of any section. */ + PTR external_relocs; + /* Buffer large enough to hold internal relocs of any section. */ + Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs; + /* Buffer large enough to hold external local symbols of any input + BFD. */ + Elf_External_Sym *external_syms; + /* Buffer large enough to hold internal local symbols of any input + BFD. */ + Elf_Internal_Sym *internal_syms; + /* Array large enough to hold a symbol index for each local symbol + of any input BFD. */ + long *indices; + /* Array large enough to hold a section pointer for each local + symbol of any input BFD. */ + asection **sections; + /* Buffer to hold swapped out symbols. */ + Elf_External_Sym *symbuf; + /* Number of swapped out symbols in buffer. */ + size_t symbuf_count; + /* Number of symbols which fit in symbuf. */ + size_t symbuf_size; +}; + +static boolean elf_link_output_sym + PARAMS ((struct elf_final_link_info *, const char *, + Elf_Internal_Sym *, asection *)); +static boolean elf_link_flush_output_syms + PARAMS ((struct elf_final_link_info *)); +static boolean elf_link_output_extsym + PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR)); +static boolean elf_link_input_bfd + PARAMS ((struct elf_final_link_info *, bfd *)); +static boolean elf_reloc_link_order + PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *, + struct bfd_link_order *)); + +/* This struct is used to pass information to routines called via + elf_link_hash_traverse which must return failure. */ + +struct elf_finfo_failed +{ + boolean failed; + struct elf_final_link_info *finfo; +}; + +/* Do the final step of an ELF link. */ + +boolean +elf_bfd_final_link (abfd, info) + bfd *abfd; + struct bfd_link_info *info; +{ + boolean dynamic; + bfd *dynobj; + struct elf_final_link_info finfo; + register asection *o; + register struct bfd_link_order *p; + register bfd *sub; + size_t max_contents_size; + size_t max_external_reloc_size; + size_t max_internal_reloc_count; + size_t max_sym_count; + file_ptr off; + Elf_Internal_Sym elfsym; + unsigned int i; + Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; + Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr; + struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); + struct elf_finfo_failed eif; + + if (info->shared) + abfd->flags |= DYNAMIC; + + dynamic = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created; + dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; + + finfo.info = info; + finfo.output_bfd = abfd; + finfo.symstrtab = elf_stringtab_init (); + if (finfo.symstrtab == NULL) + return false; + if (! dynamic) + { + finfo.dynsym_sec = NULL; + finfo.hash_sec = NULL; + } + else + { + finfo.dynsym_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynsym"); + finfo.hash_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".hash"); + BFD_ASSERT (finfo.dynsym_sec != NULL && finfo.hash_sec != NULL); + } + finfo.contents = NULL; + finfo.external_relocs = NULL; + finfo.internal_relocs = NULL; + finfo.external_syms = NULL; + finfo.internal_syms = NULL; + finfo.indices = NULL; + finfo.sections = NULL; + finfo.symbuf = NULL; + finfo.symbuf_count = 0; + + /* Count up the number of relocations we will output for each output + section, so that we know the sizes of the reloc sections. We + also figure out some maximum sizes. */ + max_contents_size = 0; + max_external_reloc_size = 0; + max_internal_reloc_count = 0; + max_sym_count = 0; + for (o = abfd->sections; o != (asection *) NULL; o = o->next) + { + o->reloc_count = 0; + + for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next) + { + if (p->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order + || p->type == bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order) + ++o->reloc_count; + else if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order) + { + asection *sec; + + sec = p->u.indirect.section; + + if (info->relocateable) + o->reloc_count += sec->reloc_count; + + if (sec->_raw_size > max_contents_size) + max_contents_size = sec->_raw_size; + if (sec->_cooked_size > max_contents_size) + max_contents_size = sec->_cooked_size; + + /* We are interested in just local symbols, not all + symbols. */ + if (bfd_get_flavour (sec->owner) == bfd_target_elf_flavour) + { + size_t sym_count; + + if (elf_bad_symtab (sec->owner)) + sym_count = (elf_tdata (sec->owner)->symtab_hdr.sh_size + / sizeof (Elf_External_Sym)); + else + sym_count = elf_tdata (sec->owner)->symtab_hdr.sh_info; + + if (sym_count > max_sym_count) + max_sym_count = sym_count; + + if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0) + { + size_t ext_size; + + ext_size = elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_size; + if (ext_size > max_external_reloc_size) + max_external_reloc_size = ext_size; + if (sec->reloc_count > max_internal_reloc_count) + max_internal_reloc_count = sec->reloc_count; + } + } + } + } + + if (o->reloc_count > 0) + o->flags |= SEC_RELOC; + else + { + /* Explicitly clear the SEC_RELOC flag. The linker tends to + set it (this is probably a bug) and if it is set + assign_section_numbers will create a reloc section. */ + o->flags &=~ SEC_RELOC; + } + + /* If the SEC_ALLOC flag is not set, force the section VMA to + zero. This is done in elf_fake_sections as well, but forcing + the VMA to 0 here will ensure that relocs against these + sections are handled correctly. */ + if ((o->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0) + o->vma = 0; + } + + /* Figure out the file positions for everything but the symbol table + and the relocs. We set symcount to force assign_section_numbers + to create a symbol table. */ + abfd->symcount = info->strip == strip_all ? 0 : 1; + BFD_ASSERT (! abfd->output_has_begun); + if (! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, info)) + goto error_return; + + /* That created the reloc sections. Set their sizes, and assign + them file positions, and allocate some buffers. */ + for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) + { + if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0) + { + Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; + register struct elf_link_hash_entry **p, **pend; + + rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (o)->rel_hdr; + + rel_hdr->sh_size = rel_hdr->sh_entsize * o->reloc_count; + + /* The contents field must last into write_object_contents, + so we allocate it with bfd_alloc rather than malloc. */ + rel_hdr->contents = (PTR) bfd_alloc (abfd, rel_hdr->sh_size); + if (rel_hdr->contents == NULL && rel_hdr->sh_size != 0) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); + goto error_return; + } + + p = ((struct elf_link_hash_entry **) + malloc (o->reloc_count + * sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry *))); + if (p == NULL && o->reloc_count != 0) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); + goto error_return; + } + elf_section_data (o)->rel_hashes = p; + pend = p + o->reloc_count; + for (; p < pend; p++) + *p = NULL; + + /* Use the reloc_count field as an index when outputting the + relocs. */ + o->reloc_count = 0; + } + } + + _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd); + + /* We have now assigned file positions for all the sections except + .symtab and .strtab. We start the .symtab section at the current + file position, and write directly to it. We build the .strtab + section in memory. When we add .dynsym support, we will build + that in memory as well (.dynsym is smaller than .symtab). */ + abfd->symcount = 0; + symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; + /* sh_name is set in prep_headers. */ + symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB; + symtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; + symtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; + symtab_hdr->sh_size = 0; + symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym); + /* sh_link is set in assign_section_numbers. */ + /* sh_info is set below. */ + /* sh_offset is set just below. */ + symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 4; /* FIXME: system dependent? */ + + off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos; + off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_hdr, off, true); + + /* Note that at this point elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos is + incorrect. We do not yet know the size of the .symtab section. + We correct next_file_pos below, after we do know the size. */ + + /* Allocate a buffer to hold swapped out symbols. This is to avoid + continuously seeking to the right position in the file. */ + if (! info->keep_memory || max_sym_count < 20) + finfo.symbuf_size = 20; + else + finfo.symbuf_size = max_sym_count; + finfo.symbuf = ((Elf_External_Sym *) + malloc (finfo.symbuf_size * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym))); + if (finfo.symbuf == NULL) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); + goto error_return; + } + + /* Start writing out the symbol table. The first symbol is always a + dummy symbol. */ + elfsym.st_value = 0; + elfsym.st_size = 0; + elfsym.st_info = 0; + elfsym.st_other = 0; + elfsym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; + if (! elf_link_output_sym (&finfo, (const char *) NULL, + &elfsym, bfd_und_section_ptr)) + goto error_return; + +#if 0 + /* Some standard ELF linkers do this, but we don't because it causes + bootstrap comparison failures. */ + /* Output a file symbol for the output file as the second symbol. + We output this even if we are discarding local symbols, although + I'm not sure if this is correct. */ + elfsym.st_value = 0; + elfsym.st_size = 0; + elfsym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE); + elfsym.st_other = 0; + elfsym.st_shndx = SHN_ABS; + if (! elf_link_output_sym (&finfo, bfd_get_filename (abfd), + &elfsym, bfd_abs_section_ptr)) + goto error_return; +#endif + + /* Output a symbol for each section. We output these even if we are + discarding local symbols, since they are used for relocs. These + symbols have no names. We store the index of each one in the + index field of the section, so that we can find it again when + outputting relocs. */ + elfsym.st_value = 0; + elfsym.st_size = 0; + elfsym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION); + elfsym.st_other = 0; + for (i = 1; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum; i++) + { + o = section_from_elf_index (abfd, i); + if (o != NULL) + o->target_index = abfd->symcount; + elfsym.st_shndx = i; + if (! elf_link_output_sym (&finfo, (const char *) NULL, + &elfsym, o)) + goto error_return; + } + + /* Allocate some memory to hold information read in from the input + files. */ + finfo.contents = (bfd_byte *) malloc (max_contents_size); + finfo.external_relocs = (PTR) malloc (max_external_reloc_size); + finfo.internal_relocs = ((Elf_Internal_Rela *) + malloc (max_internal_reloc_count + * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela))); + finfo.external_syms = ((Elf_External_Sym *) + malloc (max_sym_count * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym))); + finfo.internal_syms = ((Elf_Internal_Sym *) + malloc (max_sym_count * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym))); + finfo.indices = (long *) malloc (max_sym_count * sizeof (long)); + finfo.sections = (asection **) malloc (max_sym_count * sizeof (asection *)); + if ((finfo.contents == NULL && max_contents_size != 0) + || (finfo.external_relocs == NULL && max_external_reloc_size != 0) + || (finfo.internal_relocs == NULL && max_internal_reloc_count != 0) + || (finfo.external_syms == NULL && max_sym_count != 0) + || (finfo.internal_syms == NULL && max_sym_count != 0) + || (finfo.indices == NULL && max_sym_count != 0) + || (finfo.sections == NULL && max_sym_count != 0)) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); + goto error_return; + } + + /* Since ELF permits relocations to be against local symbols, we + must have the local symbols available when we do the relocations. + Since we would rather only read the local symbols once, and we + would rather not keep them in memory, we handle all the + relocations for a single input file at the same time. + + Unfortunately, there is no way to know the total number of local + symbols until we have seen all of them, and the local symbol + indices precede the global symbol indices. This means that when + we are generating relocateable output, and we see a reloc against + a global symbol, we can not know the symbol index until we have + finished examining all the local symbols to see which ones we are + going to output. To deal with this, we keep the relocations in + memory, and don't output them until the end of the link. This is + an unfortunate waste of memory, but I don't see a good way around + it. Fortunately, it only happens when performing a relocateable + link, which is not the common case. FIXME: If keep_memory is set + we could write the relocs out and then read them again; I don't + know how bad the memory loss will be. */ + + for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub != NULL; sub = sub->next) + sub->output_has_begun = false; + for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) + { + for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next) + { + if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order + && (bfd_get_flavour (p->u.indirect.section->owner) + == bfd_target_elf_flavour)) + { + sub = p->u.indirect.section->owner; + if (! sub->output_has_begun) + { + if (! elf_link_input_bfd (&finfo, sub)) + goto error_return; + sub->output_has_begun = true; + } + } + else if (p->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order + || p->type == bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order) + { + if (! elf_reloc_link_order (abfd, info, o, p)) + goto error_return; + } + else + { + if (! _bfd_default_link_order (abfd, info, o, p)) + goto error_return; + } + } + } + + /* That wrote out all the local symbols. Finish up the symbol table + with the global symbols. */ + + /* The sh_info field records the index of the first non local + symbol. */ + symtab_hdr->sh_info = abfd->symcount; + if (dynamic) + elf_section_data (finfo.dynsym_sec->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_info = 1; + + /* We get the global symbols from the hash table. */ + eif.failed = false; + eif.finfo = &finfo; + elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), elf_link_output_extsym, + (PTR) &eif); + if (eif.failed) + return false; + + /* Flush all symbols to the file. */ + if (! elf_link_flush_output_syms (&finfo)) + return false; + + /* Now we know the size of the symtab section. */ + off += symtab_hdr->sh_size; + + /* Finish up and write out the symbol string table (.strtab) + section. */ + symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; + /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */ + symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; + symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; + symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; + symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (finfo.symstrtab); + symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; + symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; + symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; + /* sh_offset is set just below. */ + symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; + + off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symstrtab_hdr, off, true); + elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; + + if (bfd_seek (abfd, symstrtab_hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 + || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, finfo.symstrtab)) + return false; + + /* Adjust the relocs to have the correct symbol indices. */ + for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) + { + struct elf_link_hash_entry **rel_hash; + Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; + + if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0) + continue; + + rel_hash = elf_section_data (o)->rel_hashes; + rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (o)->rel_hdr; + for (i = 0; i < o->reloc_count; i++, rel_hash++) + { + if (*rel_hash == NULL) + continue; + + BFD_ASSERT ((*rel_hash)->indx >= 0); + + if (rel_hdr->sh_entsize == sizeof (Elf_External_Rel)) + { + Elf_External_Rel *erel; + Elf_Internal_Rel irel; + + erel = (Elf_External_Rel *) rel_hdr->contents + i; + elf_swap_reloc_in (abfd, erel, &irel); + irel.r_info = ELF_R_INFO ((*rel_hash)->indx, + ELF_R_TYPE (irel.r_info)); + elf_swap_reloc_out (abfd, &irel, erel); + } + else + { + Elf_External_Rela *erela; + Elf_Internal_Rela irela; + + BFD_ASSERT (rel_hdr->sh_entsize + == sizeof (Elf_External_Rela)); + + erela = (Elf_External_Rela *) rel_hdr->contents + i; + elf_swap_reloca_in (abfd, erela, &irela); + irela.r_info = ELF_R_INFO ((*rel_hash)->indx, + ELF_R_TYPE (irela.r_info)); + elf_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &irela, erela); + } + } + + /* Set the reloc_count field to 0 to prevent write_relocs from + trying to swap the relocs out itself. */ + o->reloc_count = 0; + } + + /* If we are linking against a dynamic object, or generating a + shared library, finish up the dynamic linking information. */ + if (dynamic) + { + Elf_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend; + + /* Fix up .dynamic entries. */ + o = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic"); + BFD_ASSERT (o != NULL); + + dyncon = (Elf_External_Dyn *) o->contents; + dynconend = (Elf_External_Dyn *) (o->contents + o->_raw_size); + for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++) + { + Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; + const char *name; + unsigned int type; + + elf_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn); + + switch (dyn.d_tag) + { + default: + break; + + /* SVR4 linkers seem to set DT_INIT and DT_FINI based on + magic _init and _fini symbols. This is pretty ugly, + but we are compatible. */ + case DT_INIT: + name = "_init"; + goto get_sym; + case DT_FINI: + name = "_fini"; + get_sym: + { + struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; + + h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), name, + false, false, true); + BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL); + if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined + || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) + { + dyn.d_un.d_val = h->root.u.def.value; + o = h->root.u.def.section; + if (o->output_section != NULL) + dyn.d_un.d_val += (o->output_section->vma + + o->output_offset); + else + /* The symbol is imported from another shared + library and does not apply to this one. */ + dyn.d_un.d_val = 0; + } + elf_swap_dyn_out (dynobj, &dyn, dyncon); + } + break; + + case DT_HASH: + name = ".hash"; + goto get_vma; + case DT_STRTAB: + name = ".dynstr"; + goto get_vma; + case DT_SYMTAB: + name = ".dynsym"; + get_vma: + o = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name); + BFD_ASSERT (o != NULL); + dyn.d_un.d_ptr = o->vma; + elf_swap_dyn_out (dynobj, &dyn, dyncon); + break; + + case DT_REL: + case DT_RELA: + case DT_RELSZ: + case DT_RELASZ: + if (dyn.d_tag == DT_REL || dyn.d_tag == DT_RELSZ) + type = SHT_REL; + else + type = SHT_RELA; + dyn.d_un.d_val = 0; + for (i = 1; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum; i++) + { + Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; + + hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; + if (hdr->sh_type == type + && (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) + { + if (dyn.d_tag == DT_RELSZ || dyn.d_tag == DT_RELASZ) + dyn.d_un.d_val += hdr->sh_size; + else + { + if (dyn.d_un.d_val == 0 + || hdr->sh_addr < dyn.d_un.d_val) + dyn.d_un.d_val = hdr->sh_addr; + } + } + } + elf_swap_dyn_out (dynobj, &dyn, dyncon); + break; + } + } + } + + /* If we have created any dynamic sections, then output them. */ + if (dynobj != NULL) + { + if (! (*bed->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections) (abfd, info)) + goto error_return; + + for (o = dynobj->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) + { + if ((o->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0 + || o->_raw_size == 0) + continue; + if ((o->flags & SEC_IN_MEMORY) == 0) + { + /* At this point, we are only interested in sections + created by elf_link_create_dynamic_sections. FIXME: + This test is fragile. */ + continue; + } + if ((elf_section_data (o->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_type + != SHT_STRTAB) + || strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), ".dynstr") != 0) + { + if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, o->output_section, + o->contents, o->output_offset, + o->_raw_size)) + goto error_return; + } + else + { + file_ptr off; + + /* The contents of the .dynstr section are actually in a + stringtab. */ + off = elf_section_data (o->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_offset; + if (bfd_seek (abfd, off, SEEK_SET) != 0 + || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, + elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr)) + goto error_return; + } + } + } + + if (finfo.symstrtab != NULL) + _bfd_stringtab_free (finfo.symstrtab); + if (finfo.contents != NULL) + free (finfo.contents); + if (finfo.external_relocs != NULL) + free (finfo.external_relocs); + if (finfo.internal_relocs != NULL) + free (finfo.internal_relocs); + if (finfo.external_syms != NULL) + free (finfo.external_syms); + if (finfo.internal_syms != NULL) + free (finfo.internal_syms); + if (finfo.indices != NULL) + free (finfo.indices); + if (finfo.sections != NULL) + free (finfo.sections); + if (finfo.symbuf != NULL) + free (finfo.symbuf); + for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) + { + if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0 + && elf_section_data (o)->rel_hashes != NULL) + free (elf_section_data (o)->rel_hashes); + } + + elf_tdata (abfd)->linker = true; + + return true; + + error_return: + if (finfo.symstrtab != NULL) + _bfd_stringtab_free (finfo.symstrtab); + if (finfo.contents != NULL) + free (finfo.contents); + if (finfo.external_relocs != NULL) + free (finfo.external_relocs); + if (finfo.internal_relocs != NULL) + free (finfo.internal_relocs); + if (finfo.external_syms != NULL) + free (finfo.external_syms); + if (finfo.internal_syms != NULL) + free (finfo.internal_syms); + if (finfo.indices != NULL) + free (finfo.indices); + if (finfo.sections != NULL) + free (finfo.sections); + if (finfo.symbuf != NULL) + free (finfo.symbuf); + for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) + { + if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0 + && elf_section_data (o)->rel_hashes != NULL) + free (elf_section_data (o)->rel_hashes); + } + + return false; +} + +/* Add a symbol to the output symbol table. */ + +static boolean +elf_link_output_sym (finfo, name, elfsym, input_sec) + struct elf_final_link_info *finfo; + const char *name; + Elf_Internal_Sym *elfsym; + asection *input_sec; +{ + boolean (*output_symbol_hook) PARAMS ((bfd *, + struct bfd_link_info *info, + const char *, + Elf_Internal_Sym *, + asection *)); + + output_symbol_hook = get_elf_backend_data (finfo->output_bfd)-> + elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook; + if (output_symbol_hook != NULL) + { + if (! ((*output_symbol_hook) + (finfo->output_bfd, finfo->info, name, elfsym, input_sec))) + return false; + } + + if (name == (const char *) NULL || *name == '\0') + elfsym->st_name = 0; + else + { + elfsym->st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (finfo->symstrtab, + name, true, + false); + if (elfsym->st_name == (unsigned long) -1) + return false; + } + + if (finfo->symbuf_count >= finfo->symbuf_size) + { + if (! elf_link_flush_output_syms (finfo)) + return false; + } + + elf_swap_symbol_out (finfo->output_bfd, elfsym, + (char *) (finfo->symbuf + finfo->symbuf_count)); + ++finfo->symbuf_count; + + ++finfo->output_bfd->symcount; + + return true; +} + +/* Flush the output symbols to the file. */ + +static boolean +elf_link_flush_output_syms (finfo) + struct elf_final_link_info *finfo; +{ + Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab; + + symtab = &elf_tdata (finfo->output_bfd)->symtab_hdr; + + if (bfd_seek (finfo->output_bfd, symtab->sh_offset + symtab->sh_size, + SEEK_SET) != 0 + || (bfd_write ((PTR) finfo->symbuf, finfo->symbuf_count, + sizeof (Elf_External_Sym), finfo->output_bfd) + != finfo->symbuf_count * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym))) + return false; + + symtab->sh_size += finfo->symbuf_count * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym); + + finfo->symbuf_count = 0; + + return true; +} + +/* Add an external symbol to the symbol table. This is called from + the hash table traversal routine. */ + +static boolean +elf_link_output_extsym (h, data) + struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; + PTR data; +{ + struct elf_finfo_failed *eif = (struct elf_finfo_failed *) data; + struct elf_final_link_info *finfo = eif->finfo; + boolean strip; + Elf_Internal_Sym sym; + asection *input_sec; + + /* If we are not creating a shared library, and this symbol is + referenced by a shared library but is not defined anywhere, then + warn that it is undefined. If we do not do this, the runtime + linker will complain that the symbol is undefined when the + program is run. We don't have to worry about symbols that are + referenced by regular files, because we will already have issued + warnings for them. */ + if (! finfo->info->relocateable + && ! finfo->info->shared + && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined + && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC) != 0 + && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR) == 0) + { + if (! ((*finfo->info->callbacks->undefined_symbol) + (finfo->info, h->root.root.string, h->root.u.undef.abfd, + (asection *) NULL, 0))) + { + eif->failed = true; + return false; + } + } + + /* We don't want to output symbols that have never been mentioned by + a regular file, or that we have been told to strip. However, if + h->indx is set to -2, the symbol is used by a reloc and we must + output it. */ + if (h->indx == -2) + strip = false; + else if (((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0 + || (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC) != 0) + && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0 + && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR) == 0) + strip = true; + else if (finfo->info->strip == strip_all + || (finfo->info->strip == strip_some + && bfd_hash_lookup (finfo->info->keep_hash, + h->root.root.string, + false, false) == NULL)) + strip = true; + else + strip = false; + + /* If we're stripping it, and it's not a dynamic symbol, there's + nothing else to do. */ + if (strip && h->dynindx == -1) + return true; + + sym.st_value = 0; + sym.st_size = h->size; + sym.st_other = 0; + if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak + || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) + sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_WEAK, h->type); + else + sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, h->type); + + switch (h->root.type) + { + default: + case bfd_link_hash_new: + abort (); + return false; + + case bfd_link_hash_undefined: + input_sec = bfd_und_section_ptr; + sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; + break; + + case bfd_link_hash_undefweak: + input_sec = bfd_und_section_ptr; + sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; + break; + + case bfd_link_hash_defined: + case bfd_link_hash_defweak: + { + input_sec = h->root.u.def.section; + if (input_sec->output_section != NULL) + { + sym.st_shndx = + _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (finfo->output_bfd, + input_sec->output_section); + if (sym.st_shndx == (unsigned short) -1) + { + eif->failed = true; + return false; + } + + /* ELF symbols in relocateable files are section relative, + but in nonrelocateable files they are virtual + addresses. */ + sym.st_value = h->root.u.def.value + input_sec->output_offset; + if (! finfo->info->relocateable) + sym.st_value += input_sec->output_section->vma; + } + else + { + BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_get_flavour (input_sec->owner) + == bfd_target_elf_flavour) + && elf_elfheader (input_sec->owner)->e_type == ET_DYN); + sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; + input_sec = bfd_und_section_ptr; + } + } + break; + + case bfd_link_hash_common: + input_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr; + sym.st_shndx = SHN_COMMON; + sym.st_value = 1 << h->root.u.c.p->alignment_power; + break; + + case bfd_link_hash_indirect: + case bfd_link_hash_warning: + /* I have no idea how these should be handled. */ + return true; + } + + /* If this symbol should be put in the .dynsym section, then put it + there now. We have already know the symbol index. We also fill + in the entry in the .hash section. */ + if (h->dynindx != -1 + && elf_hash_table (finfo->info)->dynamic_sections_created) + { + struct elf_backend_data *bed; + size_t bucketcount; + size_t bucket; + bfd_byte *bucketpos; + bfd_vma chain; + + sym.st_name = h->dynstr_index; + + /* Give the processor backend a chance to tweak the symbol + value, and also to finish up anything that needs to be done + for this symbol. */ + bed = get_elf_backend_data (finfo->output_bfd); + if (! ((*bed->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol) + (finfo->output_bfd, finfo->info, h, &sym))) + { + eif->failed = true; + return false; + } + + elf_swap_symbol_out (finfo->output_bfd, &sym, + (char *) ((Elf_External_Sym *) finfo->dynsym_sec->contents + + h->dynindx)); + + bucketcount = elf_hash_table (finfo->info)->bucketcount; + bucket = (bfd_elf_hash ((const unsigned char *) h->root.root.string) + % bucketcount); + bucketpos = ((bfd_byte *) finfo->hash_sec->contents + + (bucket + 2) * (ARCH_SIZE / 8)); + chain = get_word (finfo->output_bfd, bucketpos); + put_word (finfo->output_bfd, h->dynindx, bucketpos); + put_word (finfo->output_bfd, chain, + ((bfd_byte *) finfo->hash_sec->contents + + (bucketcount + 2 + h->dynindx) * (ARCH_SIZE / 8))); + } + + /* If we're stripping it, then it was just a dynamic symbol, and + there's nothing else to do. */ + if (strip) + return true; + + h->indx = finfo->output_bfd->symcount; + + if (! elf_link_output_sym (finfo, h->root.root.string, &sym, input_sec)) + { + eif->failed = true; + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +/* Link an input file into the linker output file. This function + handles all the sections and relocations of the input file at once. + This is so that we only have to read the local symbols once, and + don't have to keep them in memory. */ + +static boolean +elf_link_input_bfd (finfo, input_bfd) + struct elf_final_link_info *finfo; + bfd *input_bfd; +{ + boolean (*relocate_section) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, + bfd *, asection *, bfd_byte *, + Elf_Internal_Rela *, + Elf_Internal_Sym *, asection **)); + bfd *output_bfd; + Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; + size_t locsymcount; + size_t extsymoff; + Elf_External_Sym *esym; + Elf_External_Sym *esymend; + Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; + long *pindex; + asection **ppsection; + asection *o; + + output_bfd = finfo->output_bfd; + relocate_section = + get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->elf_backend_relocate_section; + + /* If this is a dynamic object, we don't want to do anything here: + we don't want the local symbols, and we don't want the section + contents. */ + if (elf_elfheader (input_bfd)->e_type == ET_DYN) + return true; + + symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr; + if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) + { + locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf_External_Sym); + extsymoff = 0; + } + else + { + locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info; + extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info; + } + + /* Read the local symbols. */ + if (locsymcount > 0 + && (bfd_seek (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 + || (bfd_read (finfo->external_syms, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym), + locsymcount, input_bfd) + != locsymcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym)))) + return false; + + /* Swap in the local symbols and write out the ones which we know + are going into the output file. */ + esym = finfo->external_syms; + esymend = esym + locsymcount; + isym = finfo->internal_syms; + pindex = finfo->indices; + ppsection = finfo->sections; + for (; esym < esymend; esym++, isym++, pindex++, ppsection++) + { + asection *isec; + const char *name; + Elf_Internal_Sym osym; + + elf_swap_symbol_in (input_bfd, esym, isym); + *pindex = -1; + + if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) + { + if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym->st_info) != STB_LOCAL) + { + *ppsection = NULL; + continue; + } + } + + if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF) + isec = bfd_und_section_ptr; + else if (isym->st_shndx > 0 && isym->st_shndx < SHN_LORESERVE) + isec = section_from_elf_index (input_bfd, isym->st_shndx); + else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS) + isec = bfd_abs_section_ptr; + else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON) + isec = bfd_com_section_ptr; + else + { + /* Who knows? */ + isec = NULL; + } + + *ppsection = isec; + + /* Don't output the first, undefined, symbol. */ + if (esym == finfo->external_syms) + continue; + + /* If we are stripping all symbols, we don't want to output this + one. */ + if (finfo->info->strip == strip_all) + continue; + + /* We never output section symbols. Instead, we use the section + symbol of the corresponding section in the output file. */ + if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION) + continue; + + /* If we are discarding all local symbols, we don't want to + output this one. If we are generating a relocateable output + file, then some of the local symbols may be required by + relocs; we output them below as we discover that they are + needed. */ + if (finfo->info->discard == discard_all) + continue; + + /* Get the name of the symbol. */ + name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, + isym->st_name); + if (name == NULL) + return false; + + /* See if we are discarding symbols with this name. */ + if ((finfo->info->strip == strip_some + && (bfd_hash_lookup (finfo->info->keep_hash, name, false, false) + == NULL)) + || (finfo->info->discard == discard_l + && strncmp (name, finfo->info->lprefix, + finfo->info->lprefix_len) == 0)) + continue; + + /* If we get here, we are going to output this symbol. */ + + osym = *isym; + + /* Adjust the section index for the output file. */ + osym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd, + isec->output_section); + if (osym.st_shndx == (unsigned short) -1) + return false; + + *pindex = output_bfd->symcount; + + /* ELF symbols in relocateable files are section relative, but + in executable files they are virtual addresses. Note that + this code assumes that all ELF sections have an associated + BFD section with a reasonable value for output_offset; below + we assume that they also have a reasonable value for + output_section. Any special sections must be set up to meet + these requirements. */ + osym.st_value += isec->output_offset; + if (! finfo->info->relocateable) + osym.st_value += isec->output_section->vma; + + if (! elf_link_output_sym (finfo, name, &osym, isec)) + return false; + } + + /* Relocate the contents of each section. */ + for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) + { + if ((o->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0) + continue; + + if ((o->flags & SEC_IN_MEMORY) != 0 + && input_bfd == elf_hash_table (finfo->info)->dynobj) + { + /* Section was created by elf_link_create_dynamic_sections. + FIXME: This test is fragile. */ + continue; + } + + /* Read the contents of the section. */ + if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, o, finfo->contents, + (file_ptr) 0, o->_raw_size)) + return false; + + if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0) + { + Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs; + + /* Get the swapped relocs. */ + internal_relocs = elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd, o, + finfo->external_relocs, + finfo->internal_relocs, + false); + if (internal_relocs == NULL + && o->reloc_count > 0) + return false; + + /* Relocate the section by invoking a back end routine. + + The back end routine is responsible for adjusting the + section contents as necessary, and (if using Rela relocs + and generating a relocateable output file) adjusting the + reloc addend as necessary. + + The back end routine does not have to worry about setting + the reloc address or the reloc symbol index. + + The back end routine is given a pointer to the swapped in + internal symbols, and can access the hash table entries + for the external symbols via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd). + + When generating relocateable output, the back end routine + must handle STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The + output symbol is going to be a section symbol + corresponding to the output section, which will require + the addend to be adjusted. */ + + if (! (*relocate_section) (output_bfd, finfo->info, + input_bfd, o, + finfo->contents, + internal_relocs, + finfo->internal_syms, + finfo->sections)) + return false; + + if (finfo->info->relocateable) + { + Elf_Internal_Rela *irela; + Elf_Internal_Rela *irelaend; + struct elf_link_hash_entry **rel_hash; + Elf_Internal_Shdr *input_rel_hdr; + Elf_Internal_Shdr *output_rel_hdr; + + /* Adjust the reloc addresses and symbol indices. */ + + irela = internal_relocs; + irelaend = irela + o->reloc_count; + rel_hash = (elf_section_data (o->output_section)->rel_hashes + + o->output_section->reloc_count); + for (; irela < irelaend; irela++, rel_hash++) + { + long r_symndx; + Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; + asection *sec; + + irela->r_offset += o->output_offset; + + r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (irela->r_info); + + if (r_symndx == 0) + continue; + + if (r_symndx >= locsymcount + || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd) + && finfo->sections[r_symndx] == NULL)) + { + long indx; + + /* This is a reloc against a global symbol. We + have not yet output all the local symbols, so + we do not know the symbol index of any global + symbol. We set the rel_hash entry for this + reloc to point to the global hash table entry + for this symbol. The symbol index is then + set at the end of elf_bfd_final_link. */ + indx = r_symndx - extsymoff; + *rel_hash = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd)[indx]; + + /* Setting the index to -2 tells + elf_link_output_extsym that this symbol is + used by a reloc. */ + BFD_ASSERT ((*rel_hash)->indx < 0); + (*rel_hash)->indx = -2; + + continue; + } + + /* This is a reloc against a local symbol. */ + + *rel_hash = NULL; + isym = finfo->internal_syms + r_symndx; + sec = finfo->sections[r_symndx]; + if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION) + { + /* I suppose the backend ought to fill in the + section of any STT_SECTION symbol against a + processor specific section. */ + if (sec != NULL && bfd_is_abs_section (sec)) + r_symndx = 0; + else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); + return false; + } + else + { + r_symndx = sec->output_section->target_index; + BFD_ASSERT (r_symndx != 0); + } + } + else + { + if (finfo->indices[r_symndx] == -1) + { + unsigned long link; + const char *name; + asection *osec; + + if (finfo->info->strip == strip_all) + { + /* You can't do ld -r -s. */ + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); + return false; + } + + /* This symbol was skipped earlier, but + since it is needed by a reloc, we + must output it now. */ + link = symtab_hdr->sh_link; + name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd, + link, + isym->st_name); + if (name == NULL) + return false; + + osec = sec->output_section; + isym->st_shndx = + _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd, + osec); + if (isym->st_shndx == (unsigned short) -1) + return false; + + isym->st_value += sec->output_offset; + if (! finfo->info->relocateable) + isym->st_value += osec->vma; + + finfo->indices[r_symndx] = output_bfd->symcount; + + if (! elf_link_output_sym (finfo, name, isym, sec)) + return false; + } + + r_symndx = finfo->indices[r_symndx]; + } + + irela->r_info = ELF_R_INFO (r_symndx, + ELF_R_TYPE (irela->r_info)); + } + + /* Swap out the relocs. */ + input_rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (o)->rel_hdr; + output_rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (o->output_section)->rel_hdr; + BFD_ASSERT (output_rel_hdr->sh_entsize + == input_rel_hdr->sh_entsize); + irela = internal_relocs; + irelaend = irela + o->reloc_count; + if (input_rel_hdr->sh_entsize == sizeof (Elf_External_Rel)) + { + Elf_External_Rel *erel; + + erel = ((Elf_External_Rel *) output_rel_hdr->contents + + o->output_section->reloc_count); + for (; irela < irelaend; irela++, erel++) + { + Elf_Internal_Rel irel; + + irel.r_offset = irela->r_offset; + irel.r_info = irela->r_info; + BFD_ASSERT (irela->r_addend == 0); + elf_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &irel, erel); + } + } + else + { + Elf_External_Rela *erela; + + BFD_ASSERT (input_rel_hdr->sh_entsize + == sizeof (Elf_External_Rela)); + erela = ((Elf_External_Rela *) output_rel_hdr->contents + + o->output_section->reloc_count); + for (; irela < irelaend; irela++, erela++) + elf_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, irela, erela); + } + + o->output_section->reloc_count += o->reloc_count; + } + } + + /* Write out the modified section contents. */ + if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, o->output_section, + finfo->contents, o->output_offset, + (o->_cooked_size != 0 + ? o->_cooked_size + : o->_raw_size))) + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +/* Generate a reloc when linking an ELF file. This is a reloc + requested by the linker, and does come from any input file. This + is used to build constructor and destructor tables when linking + with -Ur. */ + +static boolean +elf_reloc_link_order (output_bfd, info, output_section, link_order) + bfd *output_bfd; + struct bfd_link_info *info; + asection *output_section; + struct bfd_link_order *link_order; +{ + reloc_howto_type *howto; + long indx; + bfd_vma offset; + struct elf_link_hash_entry **rel_hash_ptr; + Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; + + howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd, link_order->u.reloc.p->reloc); + if (howto == NULL) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); + return false; + } + + /* If this is an inplace reloc, we must write the addend into the + object file. */ + if (howto->partial_inplace + && link_order->u.reloc.p->addend != 0) + { + bfd_size_type size; + bfd_reloc_status_type rstat; + bfd_byte *buf; + boolean ok; + + size = bfd_get_reloc_size (howto); + buf = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zmalloc (size); + if (buf == (bfd_byte *) NULL) + { + bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); + return false; + } + rstat = _bfd_relocate_contents (howto, output_bfd, + link_order->u.reloc.p->addend, buf); + switch (rstat) + { + case bfd_reloc_ok: + break; + default: + case bfd_reloc_outofrange: + abort (); + case bfd_reloc_overflow: + if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow) + (info, + (link_order->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order + ? bfd_section_name (output_bfd, + link_order->u.reloc.p->u.section) + : link_order->u.reloc.p->u.name), + howto->name, link_order->u.reloc.p->addend, + (bfd *) NULL, (asection *) NULL, (bfd_vma) 0))) + { + free (buf); + return false; + } + break; + } + ok = bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, output_section, (PTR) buf, + (file_ptr) link_order->offset, size); + free (buf); + if (! ok) + return false; + } + + /* Figure out the symbol index. */ + rel_hash_ptr = (elf_section_data (output_section)->rel_hashes + + output_section->reloc_count); + if (link_order->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order) + { + indx = link_order->u.reloc.p->u.section->target_index; + BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0); + *rel_hash_ptr = NULL; + } + else + { + struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; + + h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), + link_order->u.reloc.p->u.name, + false, false, true); + if (h != NULL) + { + /* Setting the index to -2 tells elf_link_output_extsym that + this symbol is used by a reloc. */ + h->indx = -2; + *rel_hash_ptr = h; + indx = 0; + } + else + { + if (! ((*info->callbacks->unattached_reloc) + (info, link_order->u.reloc.p->u.name, (bfd *) NULL, + (asection *) NULL, (bfd_vma) 0))) + return false; + indx = 0; + } + } + + /* The address of a reloc is relative to the section in a + relocateable file, and is a virtual address in an executable + file. */ + offset = link_order->offset; + if (! info->relocateable) + offset += output_section->vma; + + rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (output_section)->rel_hdr; + + if (rel_hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL) + { + Elf_Internal_Rel irel; + Elf_External_Rel *erel; + + irel.r_offset = offset; + irel.r_info = ELF_R_INFO (indx, howto->type); + erel = ((Elf_External_Rel *) rel_hdr->contents + + output_section->reloc_count); + elf_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &irel, erel); + } + else + { + Elf_Internal_Rela irela; + Elf_External_Rela *erela; + + irela.r_offset = offset; + irela.r_info = ELF_R_INFO (indx, howto->type); + irela.r_addend = link_order->u.reloc.p->addend; + erela = ((Elf_External_Rela *) rel_hdr->contents + + output_section->reloc_count); + elf_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &irela, erela); + } + + ++output_section->reloc_count; + + return true; +} + diff --git a/bfd/elfxx-target.h b/bfd/elfxx-target.h index de5fa61..6c71c37 100644 --- a/bfd/elfxx-target.h +++ b/bfd/elfxx-target.h @@ -31,6 +31,39 @@ Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ #define bfd_elfNN_get_section_contents _bfd_generic_get_section_contents #endif +#define bfd_elfNN_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab +#define bfd_elfNN_canonicalize_reloc _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc +#ifndef bfd_elfNN_find_nearest_line +#define bfd_elfNN_find_nearest_line _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line +#endif +#define bfd_elfNN_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound +#define bfd_elfNN_get_lineno _bfd_elf_get_lineno +#define bfd_elfNN_get_reloc_upper_bound _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound +#define bfd_elfNN_get_symbol_info _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info +#define bfd_elfNN_get_symtab _bfd_elf_get_symtab +#define bfd_elfNN_get_symtab_upper_bound _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound +#if 0 /* done in libelf.h */ +#define bfd_elfNN_link_record_dynamic_symbol _bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol +#endif +#define bfd_elfNN_make_empty_symbol _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol +#define bfd_elfNN_new_section_hook _bfd_elf_new_section_hook +#define bfd_elfNN_set_arch_mach _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach +#ifndef bfd_elfNN_set_section_contents +#define bfd_elfNN_set_section_contents _bfd_elf_set_section_contents +#endif +#define bfd_elfNN_sizeof_headers _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers +#define bfd_elfNN_write_object_contents _bfd_elf_write_object_contents + +#ifndef elf_backend_want_got_plt +#define elf_backend_want_got_plt 0 +#endif +#ifndef elf_backend_plt_readonly +#define elf_backend_plt_readonly 0 +#endif +#ifndef elf_backend_want_plt_sym +#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0 +#endif + #define bfd_elfNN_bfd_debug_info_start bfd_void #define bfd_elfNN_bfd_debug_info_end bfd_void #define bfd_elfNN_bfd_debug_info_accumulate (PROTO(void,(*),(bfd*, struct sec *))) bfd_void @@ -179,6 +212,8 @@ Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 0 #endif +extern const struct elf_size_info _bfd_elfNN_size_info; + static CONST struct elf_backend_data elfNN_bed = { #ifdef USE_REL @@ -213,7 +248,11 @@ static CONST struct elf_backend_data elfNN_bed = elf_backend_final_write_processing, elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap, ELF_MACHINE_ALT1, - ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 + ELF_MACHINE_ALT2, + &_bfd_elfNN_size_info, + elf_backend_want_got_plt, + elf_backend_plt_readonly, + elf_backend_want_plt_sym, }; #ifdef TARGET_BIG_SYM diff --git a/bfd/libelf.h b/bfd/libelf.h index 98d77b2..f48bbdb 100644 --- a/bfd/libelf.h +++ b/bfd/libelf.h @@ -170,6 +170,26 @@ struct elf_link_hash_table /* Constant information held for an ELF backend. */ +struct elf_size_info { + unsigned char sizeof_ehdr, sizeof_phdr, sizeof_shdr; + unsigned char sizeof_rel, sizeof_rela, sizeof_sym, sizeof_dyn, sizeof_note; + + unsigned char arch_size, file_align; + unsigned char elfclass, ev_current; + int (*write_out_phdrs) PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Phdr *, int)); + boolean (*write_shdrs_and_ehdr) PARAMS ((bfd *)); + void (*write_relocs) PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR)); + void (*swap_symbol_out) PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Sym *, char *)); + boolean (*slurp_reloc_table) PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, asymbol **)); + long (*slurp_symbol_table) PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol **, boolean)); +}; + +#define elf_symbol_from(ABFD,S) \ + (((S)->the_bfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour \ + && (S)->the_bfd->tdata.elf_obj_data != 0) \ + ? (elf_symbol_type *) (S) \ + : 0) + struct elf_backend_data { /* Whether the backend uses REL or RELA relocations. FIXME: some @@ -399,6 +419,12 @@ struct elf_backend_data /* Alternate EM_xxxx machine codes for this backend. */ int elf_machine_alt1; int elf_machine_alt2; + + const struct elf_size_info *s; + + unsigned char want_got_plt : 1; + unsigned char plt_readonly : 1; + unsigned char want_plt_sym : 1; }; /* Information stored for each BFD section in an ELF file. This @@ -516,11 +542,13 @@ struct elf_obj_tdata #define elf_bad_symtab(bfd) (elf_tdata(bfd) -> bad_symtab) #define elf_ppc_flags_init(bfd) (elf_tdata(bfd) -> ppc_flags_init) -extern char * elf_string_from_elf_section PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned, unsigned)); -extern char * elf_get_str_section PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned)); +extern char * bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned, unsigned)); +extern char * bfd_elf_get_str_section PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned)); extern void bfd_elf_print_symbol PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR, asymbol *, bfd_print_symbol_type)); +#define elf_string_from_elf_strtab(abfd,strindex) \ + bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section(abfd,elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx,strindex) #define bfd_elf32_print_symbol bfd_elf_print_symbol #define bfd_elf64_print_symbol bfd_elf_print_symbol @@ -551,39 +579,62 @@ extern boolean _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *))); -extern boolean bfd_elf32_write_object_contents PARAMS ((bfd *)); -extern boolean bfd_elf64_write_object_contents PARAMS ((bfd *)); - -extern const bfd_target *bfd_elf32_object_p PARAMS ((bfd *)); -extern const bfd_target *bfd_elf32_core_file_p PARAMS ((bfd *)); -extern char *bfd_elf32_core_file_failing_command PARAMS ((bfd *)); -extern int bfd_elf32_core_file_failing_signal PARAMS ((bfd *)); -extern boolean bfd_elf32_core_file_matches_executable_p PARAMS ((bfd *, - bfd *)); -extern boolean bfd_elf32_set_section_contents PARAMS ((bfd *, sec_ptr, PTR, +extern boolean _bfd_elf_write_object_contents PARAMS ((bfd *)); +extern boolean _bfd_elf_set_section_contents PARAMS ((bfd *, sec_ptr, PTR, file_ptr, bfd_size_type)); - -extern long bfd_elf32_get_symtab_upper_bound PARAMS ((bfd *)); -extern long bfd_elf32_get_symtab PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol **)); -extern long bfd_elf32_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound PARAMS ((bfd *)); -extern long bfd_elf32_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol **)); -extern long bfd_elf32_get_reloc_upper_bound PARAMS ((bfd *, sec_ptr)); -extern long bfd_elf32_canonicalize_reloc PARAMS ((bfd *, sec_ptr, +extern long _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound PARAMS ((bfd *)); +extern long _bfd_elf_get_symtab PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol **)); +extern long _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound PARAMS ((bfd *)); +extern long _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol **)); +extern long _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound PARAMS ((bfd *, sec_ptr)); +extern long _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc PARAMS ((bfd *, sec_ptr, arelent **, asymbol **)); -extern asymbol *bfd_elf32_make_empty_symbol PARAMS ((bfd *)); -extern void bfd_elf32_get_symbol_info PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *, +extern asymbol *_bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol PARAMS ((bfd *)); +extern void _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *, symbol_info *)); -extern alent *bfd_elf32_get_lineno PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *)); -extern boolean bfd_elf32_set_arch_mach PARAMS ((bfd *, enum bfd_architecture, +extern alent *_bfd_elf_get_lineno PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *)); +extern boolean _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach PARAMS ((bfd *, enum bfd_architecture, unsigned long)); -extern boolean bfd_elf32_find_nearest_line PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, +extern boolean _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_vma, CONST char **, CONST char **, unsigned int *)); -extern int bfd_elf32_sizeof_headers PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean)); -extern boolean bfd_elf32_new_section_hook PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *)); +extern int _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean)); +extern boolean _bfd_elf_new_section_hook PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *)); + +/* If the target doesn't have reloc handling written yet: */ +extern void _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent *, + Elf_Internal_Rela *)); + +asection *bfd_section_from_elf_index PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned int)); +boolean _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections PARAMS ((bfd *, + struct bfd_link_info *)); +struct bfd_strtab_hash *_bfd_elf_stringtab_init PARAMS ((void)); +boolean +_bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, + struct elf_link_hash_entry *)); +boolean +_bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions PARAMS ((bfd *, + struct bfd_link_info *)); +void _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs PARAMS ((bfd *)); +file_ptr _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section PARAMS ((Elf_Internal_Shdr *, + file_ptr, + boolean)); + +boolean _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections PARAMS ((bfd *, + struct bfd_link_info *)); +boolean _bfd_elf_create_got_section PARAMS ((bfd *, + struct bfd_link_info *)); + +extern const bfd_target *bfd_elf32_object_p PARAMS ((bfd *)); +extern const bfd_target *bfd_elf32_core_file_p PARAMS ((bfd *)); +extern char *bfd_elf32_core_file_failing_command PARAMS ((bfd *)); +extern int bfd_elf32_core_file_failing_signal PARAMS ((bfd *)); +extern boolean bfd_elf32_core_file_matches_executable_p PARAMS ((bfd *, + bfd *)); + extern boolean bfd_elf32_bfd_link_add_symbols PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *)); extern boolean bfd_elf32_bfd_final_link @@ -592,7 +643,7 @@ extern boolean bfd_elf32_bfd_final_link extern void bfd_elf32_swap_symbol_in PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf32_External_Sym *, Elf_Internal_Sym *)); extern void bfd_elf32_swap_symbol_out - PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Sym *, Elf32_External_Sym *)); + PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Sym *, char *)); extern void bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf32_External_Rel *, Elf_Internal_Rel *)); extern void bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out @@ -609,12 +660,6 @@ extern boolean bfd_elf32_add_dynamic_entry PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma, bfd_vma)); extern boolean bfd_elf32_link_create_dynamic_sections PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *)); -extern boolean bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol - PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, struct elf_link_hash_entry *)); - -/* If the target doesn't have reloc handling written yet: */ -extern void bfd_elf32_no_info_to_howto PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent *, - Elf32_Internal_Rela *)); extern const bfd_target *bfd_elf64_object_p PARAMS ((bfd *)); extern const bfd_target *bfd_elf64_core_file_p PARAMS ((bfd *)); @@ -622,30 +667,6 @@ extern char *bfd_elf64_core_file_failing_command PARAMS ((bfd *)); extern int bfd_elf64_core_file_failing_signal PARAMS ((bfd *)); extern boolean bfd_elf64_core_file_matches_executable_p PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *)); -extern boolean bfd_elf64_set_section_contents PARAMS ((bfd *, sec_ptr, PTR, - file_ptr, - bfd_size_type)); - -extern long bfd_elf64_get_symtab_upper_bound PARAMS ((bfd *)); -extern long bfd_elf64_get_symtab PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol **)); -extern long bfd_elf64_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound PARAMS ((bfd *)); -extern long bfd_elf64_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol **)); -extern long bfd_elf64_get_reloc_upper_bound PARAMS ((bfd *, sec_ptr)); -extern long bfd_elf64_canonicalize_reloc PARAMS ((bfd *, sec_ptr, - arelent **, asymbol **)); -extern asymbol *bfd_elf64_make_empty_symbol PARAMS ((bfd *)); -extern void bfd_elf64_get_symbol_info PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *, - symbol_info *)); -extern alent *bfd_elf64_get_lineno PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *)); -extern boolean bfd_elf64_set_arch_mach PARAMS ((bfd *, enum bfd_architecture, - unsigned long)); -extern boolean bfd_elf64_find_nearest_line PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, - asymbol **, - bfd_vma, CONST char **, - CONST char **, - unsigned int *)); -extern int bfd_elf64_sizeof_headers PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean)); -extern boolean bfd_elf64_new_section_hook PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *)); extern boolean bfd_elf64_bfd_link_add_symbols PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *)); extern boolean bfd_elf64_bfd_final_link @@ -671,11 +692,8 @@ extern boolean bfd_elf64_add_dynamic_entry PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma, bfd_vma)); extern boolean bfd_elf64_link_create_dynamic_sections PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *)); -extern boolean bfd_elf64_link_record_dynamic_symbol - PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, struct elf_link_hash_entry *)); -/* If the target doesn't have reloc handling written yet: */ -extern void bfd_elf64_no_info_to_howto PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent *, - Elf64_Internal_Rela *)); +#define bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol _bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol +#define bfd_elf64_link_record_dynamic_symbol _bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol #endif /* _LIBELF_H_ */ |